SAHEEH AL-BUKHARI VOLUME-1

10. Azaan Se Mutaalliq Ahkaam-o-Masaael
[Call to Prayers (Adhaan)/كتاب الأذان]
[603 To 875]





Baab 1: Azaan Ki Ibteda






Irshad-e-Baari Ta’ala hai: “Jab Tum Namaz Ke Liye Azaan Dete Ho, To Ye Log Uska Mazaaq Udaate Aur Usey Shugal Banaate Hain, Iski Wajah Ye Hai Ke Wo Log Bewaqoof Hain”. [Surah Maida: 58]

Nez Allah Azzawajal ka farmaan hai: “Jab Juma Ke Din Namaz Ke Liye Azaan Di Jaae (to zikr-e-ilaahi ki taraf daudkar aao)”. [Surah Jumma: 9]




Narrated Anas:

The people mentioned the fire and the bell (they suggested those as signals to indicate the starting of prayers), and by that, they mentioned the Jews and the Christians. Then Bilal was ordered to pronounce Adhan for the prayer by saying its wordings twice, and for the Iqama (the call for the actual standing for the prayers in rows) by saying its wordings once. (Iqama is pronounced when the people are ready for the prayer).


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Namaz ke elaan ke liye logo’n ne aag aur naaqoos* ka zikr kiya hai, is silsile mein unho’n ne yahood-o-nasaara ka bhi tazkira kiya to Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko hukum diya gaya ke wo azaan ke kalimat do-do (2-2) aur iqaamat ke ek-ek (1-1) martaba kahe.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 603

 : Book 10, Hadith 1
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
605, 607, 3457
 : *Ghanta, lakdi ka ghanta, shank 




Narrated Ibn 'Umar:

When the Muslims arrived at Medina, they used to assemble for prayer and used to guess the time for it. During those days, the practice of Adhan for the prayers had not been introduced yet.
Once they discussed this problem regarding the call for prayer. Some people suggested the use of a bell like the Christians, others proposed a trumpet like the horn used by the Jews, but 'Umar was the first to suggest that a man should call (the people) for the prayer; so Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) ordered Bilal to get up and pronounce the Adhan for prayers.


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Jab musalman madina munawwara aae to namaz ke waqt ka andaaza karke uske liye jamaa hua karte the, kyou’nke us waqt namaz ke liye ba-qaaeda azaan ke ehtemaam na tha. Ek din unho’n ne uske mutaalliq baahami mashwara kiya to kisi ne kaha: Isaiyo’n ki tarah ek naaqoos bana liya jaae. Aur kuch logo’n ne kaha: Yahoodiyo’n ki bigul ki tarah ek nar-sanghaa rakh liya jaae, magar Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Tum ek admi ko kyou’n nahi bhejte jo namaz ki ittela de? 
To Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Aye Bilal! Utho aur namaz ki ittela do”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 604

 : Book 10, Hadith 2





Baab 2: Azaan Mein Do-do (2-2) Martaba Kalimaat Kehna






Narrated Anas:

Bilal was ordered to repeat the wording of the Adhan for prayers twice, and to pronounce the
the wording of the Iqamas once except "Qad-qamat-is-Salat".


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko ye hukum diya gaya tha ke azaan mein juft (do-do (2-2) martaba) kalimaa kahe, aur takbeer mein “قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلاَةُ” ke alaawa deegar kalimaat taaq (ek-ek (1-1) martaba) kahe.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 605

 : Book 10, Hadith 3




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

When the number of Muslims increased they discussed the question of how to know the time for the prayer by some familiar means. Some suggested that a fire be lit (at the time of the prayer) and others put forward the proposal to ring the bell. Bilal was ordered to pronounce the wording of Adhan twice and of the Iqama once only.


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Jab musalman (madina taiyyaba mein) ziyaada ho gae to mashwara hua ke kisi aisee cheez ke zariye se namaz ke waqt ka elaan ho jise sab log samajh le’n. Kuch logo’n ne mashwara diya ke aag ka alaao* raushan kar diya aae, yaa naaqoos ke zariye se elaan kar diya jaae. Aakhir-kaar Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko hukum diya gaya ke wo azaan ke kalimaat do-do (2-2) martaba aur iqaamat ke kalimaat ek-ek (1-1) martaba kahe.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 606

 : Book 10, Hadith 4
 
*Thand se bachne ke liye haath aur badan taapne ke liye jalaai jaani waali lakdi,
     ghaas-poos ka jalta hua dher





Baab 3: “قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلاَةُ” Ke Alaawa Iqaamat Ke Alfaaz Ek-Ek (1-1) Martaba Kehna







Narrated Abu Qilaba:

Anas said, "Bilal was ordered to pronounce the wording of Adhan twice and of Iqama once only."

The sub-narrator Isma'il said, "I mentioned that to Aiyub and he added (to that), "Except Iqama (i.e. Qad-Qamatis-Salat which should be said twice)."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qilaba::

Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai,"Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko hukum diya gaya ke wo azaan (ke kalimaat) juft* aur iqaamat (ke kalimaat) taaq (ek-ek (1-1) martaba) kahe’n." 

(Raawi-e-hadees) Ismail kehte hain: Maine (apne shaikh) Ayyub se uska zikr kiya to unho’n ne farmaya: Haa’n (iqaamat ke kalimaat taaq hone chaahiye’n) siwaae “قَدْ قَامَتِ الصَّلاَةُ” ke (ke unho’n ne do (2) martaba kaha jaae).



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 607

 : Book 10, Hadith 5
 
*Joda, har shae jo do (2) ho’n




Baab 4: Azaan Dene Ki Fazilat






Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "When the Adhan has pronounced Satan takes to his heels and passes wind with noise during his flight in order not to hear Adhan. When Adhan is completed he comes back and again takes to his heels when the Iqama is pronounced and after its completion he returns again till he whispers into the heart of the person (to divert his attention from his prayer) and makes him remember things which he does not recall in his mind before the prayer and that causes him to forget how much he has prayed."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab namaz ke liye azaan di jaati hai to shaitan peeth pherkar gooz* maarta hua bhaagta hai, taake azaan ki awaaz na sun sakey. Jab azaan poori ho jaati hai to waapas aa jaata hai. Phir jab namaz ke iqaamat kahi jaati hai to dobaara peeth de kar bhaag nikalta hai. Aur jab iqaamat khatam ho jaati hai to phir saamne aata hai, taake namazi aur uske dil mein waswasa daale”.
Aur kehta hai: “Ye baat yaad kar, wo baat yaad kar, yaane wo baate’n jo namazi bhool gaya tha (unhe’n yaad dilaata hai) hatta ke namazi bhool jaata hai ke usne kis qadar namaz padhi hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 608

 : Book 10, Hadith 6
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1222, 1231, 1232, 3285
 : *Paadna, riyaah khaarij karna 





Baab 5: Ba-awaaz-e-Buland Azaan Dena






Hazrat Umar bin Abdul Aziz (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne (apne muezzin se) kaha tha ke saaf aur seedhi-seedhi azaan kho, ba-soorat-e-deegar ham se alag ho jaao.


Narrated 'Abdul Rahman:

Abu Sa'id Al-Khudri told my father, "I see you liking sheep and the wilderness. So whenever you are with your sheep or in the wilderness and you want to pronounce Adhan for the prayer raise your voice in doing so, for whoever hears the Adhan, whether a human being, a jinn or any other creature, will be a witness for you on the Day of Resurrection." Abu Said added, "I heard it (this narration) from Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Abdur Rahman (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne kaha tha: Main dekhta hoo’n ke tumhe’n bakriyo’n aur jungle mein rehna pasand hai, is liye tum jab apni bakriyo’n ke hamraah jungle mein raho aur namaz ke liye azaan do (2) to buland awaaz se azaan diya karo, is liye ke moazzin ki awaaz ki jo koi jin-o-ins yaa aur koi sunega, to wo uske liye qiyaamat ke din gawaahi de ga. 
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Maine ye baat Rasool Allah (ﷺ) se suni hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 609

 : Book 10, Hadith 7
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
3296, 7548 





Baab 6: Azaan Sun Kar Khoon-rezi Se Ruk Jaana






Narrated Humaid:

Anas bin Malik said, "Whenever the Prophet (ﷺ) went out with us to fight (in Allah's cause) against any nation, he never allowed us to attack till morning and he would wait and see: if he heard Adhan he would postpone the attack and if he did not hear Adhan he would attack them." 
Anas added, "We reached Khaibar at night and in the morning when he did not hear the Adhan for the prayer, he (the Prophet (ﷺ) ) rode and I rode behind Abi Talha and my foot was touching that of the Prophet (ﷺ).
The inhabitants of Khaibar came out with their baskets and spades and when they saw the Prophet (ﷺ) they shouted 'Muhammad! By Allah, Muhammad and his army.' When Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) saw them, he said, "Allahu-Akbar! Allahu-Akbar! Khaibar is ruined. Whenever we approach a (hostile) nation (to fight), then evil will be the morning of those who have been warned."


Ravi Hazrat Humaid:

Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, wo Nabi (ﷺ) se bayan karte hain ke aap jab bhi hamaare saath kisi qaum par chadhaai karte to us waqt tak hamla na karte jab tat subah na ho jaati. Aur aap intezaar farmate, agar azaan sun lete to hamle ka iraada tark kar dete aur agar azaan na sunte to un par ghaarat-giri karte, chunache ham log khybar ki ladaai ke liye nikle to ham raat ko unke yahaa’n pohnche. Jab subah hui aur Nabi (ﷺ) ne azaan na suni to aap sawaar hue. Main bhi Abu Talha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke peeche sawaar ho gaya, mera paao’n Nabi (ﷺ) ke qadam mubarak se choo raha tha. 
Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Khybar ke log apne tokre aur deegar alaat-e-ziraa-at le kar kaam-kaaj ke liye baahar nikle, jab unho’n ne Nabi (ﷺ) ko dekha to kehne lagey ke Muhammad, Allah ki qasam! Muhammad (ﷺ) poori fauj ke saath aagae. 
Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne kaha: Jab Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne unhe’n dekha to farmaya: “اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ، اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ” Kybar barbaad ho gaya. Yaqeenan jab ham kisi qaum ke maidaan mein utarte hain to un logo’n ki subah kharab ho jaati hai, jinhe’n pehle daraaya gaya ho.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 610

 : Book 10, Hadith 8 





Baab 7: Moazzin Ki Azaan Sunte Waqt Kya Kehna Chaahiye?






Narrated Abu Said Al-Khudri:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Whenever you hear the Adhan, say what the Mu'adhdhin is saying.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab tum azaan suno to wohi kalimaat kah jo moazzin kehta hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 611

 : Book 10, Hadith 9 


Narrated 'Isa bin Talha:

That he had heard Muawiya repeating the words of Adhan up to "Wa ash-ha du Anna Muhammadan Rasulullah (and I testify that Muhammad is Allah's Apostle (ﷺ).)"


Ravi Hazrat Isa bin Talha:

Unho’n ne ek din Hazrat Muawiya (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko ye kehte hue suna ke unho’n ne "‏ "وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا رَسُولُ اللَّهِ‏‏ tak isi tarah kaha jis tarah moazzin ne kaha tha.

Phir Imam Bukhari (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) ne Ishaq bin Rahwiya ke tareeq se isi tarah ki ek riwayat bayan ki hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 612

 : Book 10, Hadith 10
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
613, 914 




Narrated Yahya:

"Some of my companions told me that Hisham had said, "When the Mu'adhdhin said, "Haiya alassalat (come for the prayer)." 
Muawiya said, "La hawla wala quwata illa billah (There is neither might nor any power except with Allah)" and added, "We heard your Prophet (ﷺ) saying the same."


Ravi Hazrat Yahya bin Abu Kaseer:

Mujhse mere baaz bhaiyo’n ne bayan kiya ke moazzin ne jab “حَىَّ عَلَى الصَّلاَةِ” kaha to Hazrat Muawiya (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne “لاَ حَوْلَ وَلاَ قُوَّةَ إِلاَّ بِاللَّهِ” kaha aur farmaya: Maine tumhare Nabi (ﷺ) ko isi tarah kehte suna hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 613

 : Book 10, Hadith 11 





Baab 8: Azaan Ke Waqt Dua Padhna






Narrated Jabir bin 'Abdullah:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Whoever after listening to the Adhan says, 'Allahumma Rabba hadhihi-d-da' watit-tammati was-salatil qa'imati, ati Muhammadan al-wasilata wal-fadilata, wab' athhu maqaman mahmudan-il-ladhi wa' adtahu 
(O Allah! Lord of this perfect call (of not ascribing partners to You) and of the regular prayer which is going to be established! Kindly give Muhammad the right of intercession and superiority and send him (on the Day of Judgment) to the best and the highest place in Paradise which You promised him)', then intercession for me will be permitted for him on the Day of Resurrection").


Ravi Hazrat Jabir bin Abdullah (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jo shakhs azaan sunte waqt ye dua padh: 
اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّ هَذِهِ الدَّعْوَةِ التَّامَّةِ وَالصَّلاَةِ الْقَائِمَةِ آتِ مُحَمَّدًا الْوَسِيلَةَ وَالْفَضِيلَةَ وَابْعَثْهُ مَقَامًا مَحْمُودًا الَّذِي وَعَدْتَهُ
“Aye Allah! Is kaamil pukaar aur qaaem hone waali namaz ke Rabb! Hazrat Muhammad (ﷺ) ko wasila aur buzurgi ataa farma aur unhe’n us muqaam par poh’ncha, jiska toone unse waada kiya hai, to usey qiyaamat ke din meri shafaa-at naseeb hogi”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 613

 : Book 10, Hadith 12
 
: Also see Hadith No.
 
4719





Baab 9: Azaan Dene Ke Liye Qura Andaazi Karna






Bayan kiya jaata hai ke kuch logo’n ne azaan dene mein jhagda kiya to (usey khatam karne ke liye) Hazrat Sa’ad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne unke maa-bain qura andaazi ki.


Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "If the people knew the reward for pronouncing the Adhan and for standing in the first row (in congregational prayers) and found no other way to get that except by drawing lots they would draw lots, and if they knew the reward of the Zuhr prayer (in the early moments of its stated time) they would race for it (go early) and if they knew the reward of 'Isha' and Fajr (morning) prayers in congregation, they would come to offer them even if they had to crawl."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Agar logo’n ko maaloom ho jaae ke azaan aur saff-e-awwal mein kya sawab hai, phir wo apne liye qura daalne ke alaawa koi chaara na paae’n to zaroor qura-andazi kare’n. Aur agar logo’n koi ilm ho ke namaz-e-zohar ke liye jaldi aane ka kitna sawab hai to zaroor sabqat kare’n. Aur agar wo jaan le’n ke isha aur fajr ba-jamaat adaa karne mein kitna sawaab hai to un dono (ki jamat) mein zaroor aae’n, agarche unhe’n sureno’n* ke bal chalkar aana pade”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 615

 : Book 10, Hadith 13
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
654, 721, 2689
 : *Sureen ki jamaa, rengte hue (crawl) 





  Baab 10: Dauran-e-Azaan Mein Guftagu Karna






Hazrat Sulaiman bin Surad ne apni azaan ke dauran mein guftagu ki, nez Imam Hasan Basri farmate hain ke dauran-e-azaan yaa iqaamat mein hasne mein koi harj nahi hai.


Narrated 'Abdullah bin Al-Harith:

Once on a rainy muddy day, Ibn 'Abbas delivered a sermon in our presence and when the Mu'adhdhin pronounced the Adhan and said, "Haiya ala-s-sala(t) (come for the prayer)" Ibn 'Abbas ordered him to say 'Pray at your homes.' The people began to look at each other (surprisingly). 
Ibn 'Abbas said. "It was done by one who was much better than I (i.e. the Prophet (ﷺ) or his Mu'adhdhin), and it is a license.'


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Haaris:

Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne bearish ke din khutba dene ka iraada kiya. Jab moazzin “حَىَّ عَلَى الصَّلاَةِ” tak pohonchna to unho’n ne usey hukum diya ke elaan kar “Har shakhs apne ghar mein namaz padh le”. (Ye sun kar) Log ek doosre ki taraf dekhne lagey to Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Ye kaam us shakhs ne kiya hai jo hamse behtar tha. Aur ye (namaz-e-juma) azimat (zaroori) hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 616

 : Book 10, Hadith 14
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
668, 901 





Baab 11: Andhe Shakhs Ka Azaan Dena Jabke Usko Koi Waqt Bataane Waala Ho







Narrated Salim bin Abdullah:

My father said that Allah s Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Bilal pronounces 'Adhan at night, so keep on eating and drinking (Suhur) till Ibn Um Maktum pronounces Adhan." Salim added, "He was a blind man who would not pronounce the Adhan unless he was told that the day had dawned."


Ravi Hazrat Salim bin Abdullah:

Hazrat Ibne Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Bilal raat ko azaan deta hai, is liye tum (roze ke liye) khaate peete raho, ta-aa’nke Ibne Umme Maktoom azaan de”. 
Raawi-e-ahdees ne kaha: Ibne Umme Maktoom (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ek nabina aadmi the, wo us waqt tak azaan nahi dete the, yahaa’n tak ke unse kaha jaata ke subah ho gai, subah ho gai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 617

 : Book 10, Hadith 15
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
620, 623, 1918, 2656, 7248 





Baab 12: Tuloo-e-Fajr Ke Baad Azaan Dena






Narrated Hafsa:

When the Muadh-dhin pronounced the Adhan for Fajr prayer and the dawn became evident the Prophet (ﷺ) ordered a two Rakat light prayer (Sunna) before the Iqama of the compulsory (congregational) prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Hafsa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki aadat thi ke jab moazzin subah ki azaan ke liye khada ho jaata aur subah numayaa’n ho jaati to aap namaz khadi hone se pehle halki si do (2) rakate’n padhte.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 618

 : Book 10, Hadith 16 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1173, 1181 




Narrated 'Aisha:

The Prophet (ﷺ) used to offer two light Rakat between the Adhan and the Iqama of the Fajr prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Nabi (ﷺ) namaz-e-subah ki azaan aur iqaamat ke darmiyan do (2) halki si rakaat padhte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 619

 : Book 10, Hadith 17
 
: Also see Hadith No. 1159
 




Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Umar:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Bilal pronounces the Adhan at night, so keep on eating and drinking (Suhur) till Ibn Um Maktum pronounces the Adhan."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) raat ko azaan deta hai, is liye khaao aur piyo, ta-aa’nke Ibne Umme Maktoom azaan de”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 620

 : Book 10, Hadith 18




Baab 13: Subah-e-Saadiq Se Pehle Azaan Kehna






Narrated 'Abdullah bin Mas'ud:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Adhan pronounced by Bilal should not stop you from taking Suhur, for he pronounces the Adhan at night, so that the one offering the late night prayer (Tahajjud) from among you might hurry up and the sleeping from among you might wake up. It does not mean that dawn or morning has started." Then he (the Prophet (ﷺ)) pointed with his fingers and raised them up (towards the sky) and then lowered them (towards the earth) like this (Ibn Mas'ud imitated the gesture of the Prophet (ﷺ)). Az-Zuhri gestured with his two index fingers which he put on each other and then stretched them to the right and left. These gestures illustrate the way real dawn appears. It spreads left and right horizontally. The dawn that appears in the high sky and lowers down is not the real dawn).


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Tum mein se koi bilal ki azaan sun kar sehri khana tark na kare, kyou’nke wo raat ko azaan deta hai, taake tahajjud padhne waala laut jaae, jo abhi soya hua ho, usey bedaar karde aur fajr aise nahi hai”. Aap ne apni ungliyo’n se ishaara karte hue pehle unko oopar uthaaya phir aahista aahista neeche ki taraf jhukaya, phir farmaya: “Fajr is tarah hoti hai”. Zohair raawi ne wazaahat ki, ke aap ne apni dono shahadat ki ungliya’n ek doosri ke oopar rakh kar unhe’n daae’n-baae’n phaila diya. Yaane dono gosho’n mein raushni phail jaae to subah hoti hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 621

 : Book 10, Hadith 19
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
5298, 7247 


Narrated 'Aisha:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Bilal pronounces the Adhan at night, so eat and drink (Suhur) till Ibn Um Maktum pronounces the Adhan."


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Bilal raat ko azaan deta hai, is liye sehri khaao aur piyo, ta-aa’nke Ibne Umme Maktoob azaan de”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 622, 623

 : Book 10, Hadith 20
 
: Also see Hadith No. 1919 





Baab 14: Azaan Aur Takbeer Ke Darmiyan Kitna Waqt Hona Chaahiye Aur (us shakhs ka hukum) Jo Iqaamat Ka Intezaar Karta Hai?








Narrated 'Abdullah bin Mughaffal Al-Muzani:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said thrice, "There is a prayer between the two Adhans (Adhan and Iqama)," and added, "For the one who wants to pray."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Maghfal Muzani (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Har do (2) azaano’n (azaan-o-iqaamat) ke darmiyan namaz hai”. Aap ne teen (3) dafa ye alfaaz kahe, phir farmaya: “ye namaz us shakhs ke liye hai jo padhna chaahe”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 624

 : Book 10, Hadith 21
 
: Also see Hadith No. 627




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

"When the Mu'adhdhin pronounced the Adhan, some of the companions of the Prophet (ﷺ) would proceed to the pillars of the mosque (for the prayer) till the Prophet (ﷺ) arrived and in this way they used to pray two Rakat before the Maghrib prayer. There used to be a little time between the Adhan and the Iqama." 
Shu'ba said, "There used to be a very short interval between the two (Adhan and Iqama)."


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Jab moazzin azaan kehta tha, to Nabi (ﷺ) ke Sahaba Ikraam mein se kuch hazraat khade hote aur sutoono’n ke paas jaane mein jaldi karte the, yahaa’n tak ke jab Rasool Allah (ﷺ) tashreef laate to usi tarah maghrib se pehle do (2) rakat namaz padh rahe hote the. Nez azaan aur takbeer ke ke darmiyan kuch ziyaada faasla nahi hota tha. 
Usman bin Jabla aur Abu Dawood Hazrat Shu’ba se bayan karte hain ke un dono’n ke darmiyan bohot kam faasla hota tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 625

 : Book 10, Hadith 22





Baab 15: Us Shakhs Ka Bayaan Jo Iqaamat Ka Intezaar Kare






Narrated 'Aisha:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to pray two light Rakat before the morning (compulsory) prayer after the day dawned and the Mu'adhdhin had finished his Adhan. He then would lie on his right side till the Mu'adhdhin came to pronounce the Iqama.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Jab moazzin fajr ki azaan de kar khamosh ho jaata to fauran Rasool Allah (ﷺ) fajr ke zaahir hone ke baad namaz-e-fajr se pehle halki-phulki do (2) rakate’n adaa farmate, phir apne daae’n pehlu par lait jaate, ta-aa’nke moazzin takbeer ke liye aapke yahaa’n haazir-e-khimat hota.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 626

 : Book 10, Hadith 23
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
994, 1123, 1160, 1170, 6310 





Baab 16: Agar Koi Chaahe To Har Azaan Aur Iqaamat Ke Darmiyan Nafil Namaz Padh Sakta Hai







Narrated 'Abdullah bin Mughaffal:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "There is a prayer between the two Adhans (Adhan and Iqama), there is a prayer between the two Adhans." And then while saying it the third time he added, "For the one who wants to (pray)."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Mughaffal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Har azan aur iqaamat ke darmiyan namaz hai. Har azan aur iqaamat ke darmiyan namaz hai”. Phir teesri martaba farmaya: “Agar koi padhna chaahe”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 627

 : Book 10, Hadith 24




Baab 17: Us Shakhs Ka Mauqif Jo Kehta Hai Ke Safar Mein Ek Hi Moazzin Azaan De







arrated Malik bin Huwairth:

I came to the Prophet (ﷺ) with some men from my tribe and stayed with him for twenty nights. He was kind and merciful to us. When he realized our longing for our families, he said to us, "Go back and stay with your families and teach them the religion, and offer the prayer and one of you should pronounce the Adhan for the prayer when its time is due and the oldest one amongst you should lead the prayer."


Ravi Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Main apni qaum ke chand aadmiyo’n ke hamraah Nabi (ﷺ) ki khidmat mein haazir hua aur ham ne aapke yahaa’n 20 raate’n qiyaam kiya. Aap intehaai meherban aur naram-dil the. Jab aapne mehsoos farmaya ek hamaara ishtiyaaq ahle khana ki taraf hai, to farmaya: “Apne gharo’n ko laut jaao. Apne ahle khana ke saath raho. Unhe’n deen ki taaleem do aur namaz padha karo. Azaan ka waqt aae to tum mein se koi azaan de, phir tum mein se jo bada ho wo imaamat ke faraaez sar-anjaam de”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 628

 : Book 10, Hadith 25
 
: Also see Hadith No.
 
630, 631, 658, 685, 819, 2848, 6008, 7246





Baab 18: Musaafir Agar Ziyaada Ho’n To Unhe’n Azaan Aur Iqaamat Kehni Chaahiye, Isi Tarah Arafaat Aur Muzdalifa Mein Bhi







Nez sardi aur bearish waali raat mein moazzin As Salah Fir Rihaali “الصَّلاَةُ فِي الرِّحَالِ” kahe


Narrated Abu Dhar:

We were in the company of the Prophet (ﷺ) on a journey and the Mu'adhdhin wanted to pronounce the Adhan for the (Zuhr) prayer. 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said to him, "Let it become cooler." 
Then he again wanted to pronounce the Adhan but the Prophet (ﷺ); said to him, "Let it become cooler." 
The Mu'adhdhin again wanted to pronounce the Adhan for the prayer but the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Let it become cooler," till the shadows of the hillocks become equal to their sizes. 
The Prophet (ﷺ) added, "The severity of the heat is from the raging of Hell."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Zar Ghaffari (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ham kisi safar mein Nabi (ﷺ) ke hamraah the, moazzin ne (zohar ki) azaan kehne ka iraada kiya to aap (ﷺ) ne usse farmaya: “Zara thanda ho jaane do”. 
Usne phir azaan kehne ka iraada kiya to aap (ﷺ) ne phir farmaya: “Zara aur thanda ho jaane do”. 
Usne teesri martaba azaan kehne ka iraada kiya to aap (ﷺ) ne usse farmaya: “Zara mazeed thanda hone do”. 
Yahaa’n tak ke jab saaya teelon ke baraabar ho gaya to Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Garmi ki shiddat, jahannum ki bhaap se hoti hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 629

 : Book 10, Hadith 26



Narrated Malik bin Huwairth:

Two men came to the Prophet (ﷺ) with the intention of a journey. The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "When (both of) you set out, pronounce Adhan and then Iqama and the oldest of you should lead the prayer."


Ravi Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Do (2) aadmi Nabi (ﷺ) ki khidmat mein haazir hue, jo safar ka iraada rakhte the. Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab tum safar par rawaana ho jaao to dauran-e-safar mein azaan do, aur takbeer kaho, phir tum mein se jo umr mein bada ho, wo imaamat karaae”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 630 

 : Book 10, Hadith 27




Narrated Malik:

We came to the Prophet (ﷺ) and stayed with him for twenty days and nights. We were all young and of about the same age. The Prophet (ﷺ) was very kind and merciful. When he realized our longing for our families, he asked about our homes and the people there and we told him. Then he asked us to go back to our families and stay with them and teach them (the religion) and order them to do good things. He also mentioned some other things which I have (remembered or) forgotten. 
The Prophet (ﷺ) then added, "Pray as you have seen me praying and when it is the time for the prayer one of you should pronounce the Adhan and the oldest of you should lead the prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ham chand-ek ham-umr naujawan saathi Nabi (ﷺ) ki khidmat mein haazir hue, aur 20 din tak aap ke yahaa’n qiyaam kiya. Aap intehaai naram-dil aur bade meherbaan the. Jab aapne khayaal kiya ke hame’n apne ghar waalo’n ka shauq be-chain kar raha hai, to aap ne hamse unki ahwaal-pursi farmaai, jinhe’n ham apne peeche chode aae the. Ham ne aapko unke haalaat se agaah kiya to aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Waapas apne ahle-khaana ke paas laut jaao aur unhee’n ke paas raho. Unhe’n deen ki taaleem do, aur unhe’n acchi baato’n ki talqeen karo”. Aap (ﷺ) ne mazeed baate’n bayan farmaee’n, jin mein se kuch mujhe yaad hain aur kuch yaad nahi. 
Nez aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jis tarah tum ne muhe namaz padhte dekha hai, usi tarah namaz padha karo aur jab namaz ka waqt aajaae to tum mein se koi shakhs azaan kehde, albatta tum mein se umr ke etabaar se bada jaamat karaae”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 631

 : Book 10, Hadith 28




Narrated Nafi:

Once on a cold night, Ibn 'Umar pronounced the Adhan for the prayer at , Dajnan (the name of a mountain) and then said, "Pray at your homes", and informed us that Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to tell the Mu'adhdin to pronounce Adhan and say, "Pray at your homes" at the end of the Adhan on a rainy or a very cold night during the journey."


Ravi Hazrat Naafe:

Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne ek martaba sakht sardi ki raat mein zajnaan pahaadi par azaan di. Phir farmaya: Apne apne thikaano’n mein namaz padhlo. Unho’n ne hame’n bataaya ke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) dauran-e-safar mein sakht sardi yaa bearish ki raat mein apne moazzin ko hukum dete the ke wo azaan kehne ke baad you’n kehde: “Tawaajo se suno! Apne apne thikaano’n mein namaz padhlo”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 632

 : Book 10, Hadith 29
 
: Also see Hadith No. 666 


Narrated 'Aun bin Abi Juhaifa:

My father said, "I saw Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) at a place called Al-Abtah. Bilal came and informed him about the prayer and then came out with an Anza and planted it in front of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) at Al-Abtah and pronounced the Iqama."


Ravi :
azrat Abu Juhaifa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, unho’n ne farmaya: Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko waadi-e-batha mein dekha ke aapke paas Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) aae aur aapko namaz ki ittela di, phir neza le kar chale gae, ta-aa’nke usey Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke saamne waadi-e-batha mein gaad diya, phir unho’n ne namaz ke liye takbeer kahi.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 633

 : Book 10, Hadith 30





Baab 19: Kya Moazzin Apna Mu’n Idhar-Udhar Pher Sakta Hai? Nez Kya Wo Azaan Mein Idhar-Udhar Dekh Sakta Hai?







Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se manqool hai ke unho’n ne apni dono ungliyo’n ko apne kaano’n mein daala. (Uske bar-aks) Hazrat Ibne Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) apne kaano’n mein ungliyaa’n nahi dete the. 

Ibrahim Nakhai kehte hain: Baghair wazoo azaan dene mein koi harj nahi, jabke Hazrat Ataa ka kehna hai ke azaan mein wazoo saabit aur masnoon hai. 
Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) farmati hain: Nabi (ﷺ) apne tamaam auqaat mein Allah ka zikr kiya karte the.




Narrated 'Aun bin Abi Juhaifa:

My father said, "I saw Bilal turning his face from side to side while pronouncing the Adhan for the prayer."

Ravi Hazrat Abu Juhaifa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko azaan kehte hue dekha. (Wo kehte hain:) Main bhi azaan dete waqt unke chehre ki itteba karte hue azaan mein apne chehre ko idhar-udhar pherta tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 634

 : Book 10, Hadith 31





Baab 20: Kisi Aadmi Ka Ye Kehna Ke Ham Se Namaz Faut Ho Gai (Iski Kya Haisiyat Hai?)







Imam Ibne Sireen ne isey makrooh khayaal kiya hai ke aadmi kahe: Hamaari namaz jaati rahi, balke is tarah kehna chaahiy ke ham namaz ko nahi paa-sakey, lekin Nabi (ﷺ) ka farmaan ziyaada shaeeh hai.




Narrated 'Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, "While we were praying with the Prophet (ﷺ) he heard the noise of some people. After the prayer he said, 'What is the matter?' 
They replied 'We were hurrying for the prayer.' 
He (ﷺ) said, 'Do not make haste for the prayer, and whenever you come for the prayer, you should come with calmness, and pray whatever you get (with the people) and complete the rest which you have missed."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek dafa ham Nabi (ﷺ) ke hamraah namaz padh rahe the ke achaanak aapne logo’n ka kuch shor-o-ghul suna. Jab aap namaz se faarigh hue to farmaya: “Tumhara kya haal hai?” 
Unho’n ne arz kiya: Ham ne namaz mein shumooliyat ke liye bohot jaldi ki thi. 
Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Aainda aisa na karna, balke jab tum namaz ke liye aao to wiqaar aur sukoon ko malhooz rakho, phir jis qadar namaz miley padhlo, aur jo reh jaae usey (baad mein) poora karlo”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 635

 : Book 10, Hadith 32





Baab 21: Namaz Ke Liye Daudkar Nahi Balke Sukoon Aur Wiqaar Se Aana Chaahiye







Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jis qadar namaz tumhe’n mil jaae usey padhlo aur jo reh jaae usey poora karlo”. 
Ye masla Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne Nabi (ﷺ) se bayan kiya hai.




Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "When you hear the Iqama, proceed to offer the prayer with calmness and solemnity and do not make haste. And pray whatever you are able to pray and complete whatever you have missed.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab tum iqaamat suno to namaz ke liye sukoon-o-wiqaar ke saath chalo, tezi ikhteyar na karo, phir jis qadar namaz mil jaae padhlo, aur jo reh jaae usey (baad mein) poora karlo”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 636

 : Book 10, Hadith 33
 
: Also see Hadith No. 908 





Baab 22: Iqaamat Ke Waqt Log Imam Ko Dekhkar Kab Khade Ho’n?







Narrated 'Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said. "Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, 'If the Iqama is pronounced then do not stand for the prayer till you see me (in front of you).' "


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab namaz ki iqaamat kahi jaae to us waqt tak khade na ho, jab tak mujhe aata na dekh lo”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 637

 : Book 10, Hadith 34
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
638, 909 





Baab 23: Namaz Ke Liye Jald-baazi Karte Hue Daudne Ke Bajaae Itmenaan Aur Wiqaar Se Uthan Chaahiye







Narrated 'Abdullah bin Abi:

Qatada, My father said, "Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, 'If the Iqama is pronounced, then do not stand for the prayer till you see me (in front of you) and do it calmly.' "


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab namaz ki iqaamat kahi jaae to us waqt tak na utho jab tak mujhe na dekh lo aur tum sukoon-o-wiqaar aur aahistagi ko khud par laazim rakho”. 
Ali bin Mubarak ne Shaiban raawi ki mataabeat ki hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 638

 : Book 10, Hadith 35





Baab 24: Kya (Iqaamat ke baad) Koi Kisi Uzr Ki Binaa Par Masji Se Nikal Sakta Hai?







Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) went out (of the mosque) when the Iqama had been pronounced and the rows straightened. The Prophet (ﷺ) stood at his Musalla (praying place) and we waited for the Prophet (ﷺ) to begin the prayer with Takbir. He left and asked us to remain in our places. We kept on standing till the Prophet (ﷺ) returned and the water was trickling from his head for he had taken a bath (of Janaba).


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek martaba Rasool Allah (ﷺ) us waqt ghar se baahar tashreef laae jab namaz ke liye iqaamat ho chuki thi, aur safe’n bhi durust Karli gai thee’n, hatta ke jab Aap (ﷺ) musalle par khade ho gae to ham aapke Allahu Akbar kehne ka intezar karne lagey, lekin aap ne ham se farmaya: “Tum apni apni jagah par khade raho”. Aur khud waapas tashreef le gae, chunache ham sab apni apni jagah par khade rahe yahaa’n tak ke aap thodi der baad jab hamaare paas dobaara tashreef laae to aapke sar se paani tapak raha tha kyou’nke aap ne ghusl farmaya tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 639

 : Book 10, Hadith 36



Baab 25: Jab Imam Kahe: Tum Khade Raho Main Abhi Waapas Aata Hoo’n To Logo’n Ko Uska Intezaar Karna Chaahiye








Narrated Abu Huraira:

Once iqama was pronounced and the people had straightened the rows, Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) went forward (to lead the prayer) but he was Junub, so he said, "Remain in your places." And he went out, took a bath and returned with water trickling from his head. Then he led the prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek dafa namaz ke liye iqaamat ho chuki thi aur logo’n ne safe’n bhi durust Karli thee’n. 
Itne mein Rasool Allah (ﷺ) tashreef laae aur namaz ke liye aage badhe jabke aapko janaabat laahiq thi. 
Phir aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Tum apni jagah par thehre raho”. 
Chunache aap ghar laut gae aur ghusl farmaya. Jab dobaara tashreef laae to aapke sar-e-mubarak se paani tapak raha tha, phir aap ne logo’n ko namaz padhai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 640

 : Book 10, Hadith 37





Baab 26: Aadmi Ka Nabi (ﷺ) Ye Kehna Ke Ham Ne Namaz Nahi Padhi







Narrated Jabir bin 'Abdullah:

On the day of Al-Khandaq (the trench), 'Umar bin Al-Khattab went to the Prophet (ﷺ) and said, "O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)! By Allah, I could not pray (the 'Asr) till the sun had set." 'Umar told this to the Prophet (ﷺ) at the time when a fasting person had done Iftar (taken his meals). The Prophet (ﷺ) then went to Buthan and I was with him. He performed ablution and offered the 'Asr prayer after the sun had set and then the Maghrib prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Jabir bin Abdullah (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ghazwa-e-khandaq ke mauqa par Hazrat Umar bin Khattab (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) Nabi (ﷺ) ki khidmat mein haazir hue aur arz karne lagey: Allah ke Rasool (ﷺ)! Allah ki Qasam! Main namaz nahi padh saka yahaa’n tak ke sooraj ghuroob hone ke qareeb ho gaya. Ye guftagu rozedaar ke roza-e-iftaar karne ke baad hui. Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Allah ki qasam! Main bhi namaz nahi padh saka”. 
Chunache aap (ﷺ) neehce utre aur waadi-e-bathaan mein chale, main bhi aapke hamraah tha. Aap (ﷺ) ne wazoo kiya aur aftaab ghuroob hone ke baad pehle namaz-e-asr padhi, uske baad maghrib ki namaz adaa ki.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 641

 : Book 10, Hadith 38





Baab 27: Iqaamat Ke Baad Agar Imam Ko Koi Zaroorat Pesh Aajae (to kya kare?)







Narrated Anas:

Once the Iqama was pronounced and the Prophet (ﷺ) was talking to a man (in a low voice) in a corner of the mosque and he did not lead the prayer till (some of) the people had slept (dozed in a sitting posture).


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek dafa namaz ke liye iqaamat ho gai jabke Nabi (ﷺ) masjid ke ek goshe mein kisi se aahista-aahista baate’n kar rahe the, chunache aap namaz ke liye khade nahi hue yahaa’n tak ke kuch logo’n ko neend aane lagi.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 642

 : Book 10, Hadith 39
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
643, 6292 





Baab 28: Namaz Ke Liye Iqaamat Ho Jaane Ke Baad Guftagu Karna







Narrated Anas bin Malik:

Once Iqama pronounced a man came to the Prophet (ﷺ) and detained him (from the prayer).


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek dafa namaz ke liye iqaamat ho chuki thi ke Nabi (ﷺ) ke paas ek aadmi aaya, usne aapko iqaamat ho jaane ke baad rok liya (aur baate’n karta raha).



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 643

 : Book 10, Hadith 40





Baab 29: Namaz-e-Ba-jamaat Ka Waajib Hona






Imam Hasan Basri (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) bayan karte hain agar walida mohtarma az-raah-e-shafaqat apne bete ko isha ki namaz ba-jamaat padhne se manaa kare to wo uska kaha na maane.




Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "By Him in Whose Hand my soul is I was about to order for collecting firewood (fuel) and then order Someone to pronounce the Adhan for the prayer and then order someone to lead the prayer then I would go from behind and burn the houses of men who did not present themselves for the (compulsory congregational) prayer. By Him, in Whose Hands my soul is if anyone of them had known that he would get a bone covered with good meat or two (small) pieces of meat present in between two ribs, he would have turned up for the 'Isha' prayer.'


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Us zaat ki qasam jiske haath mein meri jaan hai! Maine iraada kar liya tha ke kisi ko lakdiya’n jamaa karne ka hukum doo’n taake lakdiyo’n ka dher lag jaae, phir namaz ke liye kisi ko azaan dene ke mutaalliq kahoo’n. Phir kisi shakhs ko hukum doo’n ke wo logo’n ka imam baney aur main khud un logo’n ke paas jaau’n (jo jamaat mein shareek nahi hote), phir unhe’n unke gharo’n samet jalaa doo’n. Us zaat ki qasam jiske haath mein meri jaan hai! Agar un mein se kisi ko maaloom ho jaae ke wo masjid mein moti haddi yaa do (2) umda gosht waale paae haasil kar le ga to wo namaz-e-isha mein zaroor haazir ho”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 644

 : Book 10, Hadith 41
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
657, 2420, 7224 





Baab 30: Namaz-e-Ba-jamaat Ki Fazilat






Hazrat Aswad bin Yazid (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki agar namaz-e-ba-jamaat faut ho jaati to wo doosri masjid mein jaate.

Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ek masjid mein aae, jis mein namaz ho chuki thi to unho’n ne waha’n azaan di, phir iqaamat kehkar namaz-e-ba-jamaat adaa farmaai.




Narrated 'Abdullah bin Umar:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "The prayer in congregation is twenty-seven times superior to the prayer offered by person alone."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Namaz-e-ba-jamaat, akele shakhs ki namaz se 27 darje ziyaada fazilat rakhti hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 645

 : Book 10, Hadith 41  
 
: Also see Hadith No.
 649




Narrated Abu Said Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The prayer in congregation is twenty-five times superior to the prayer offered by the person alone."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ko ye farmate hue suna: “Jamaat ki namaz akele shakhs ki namaz se 25 darje ziyaada fazilat rakhti hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 646

 : Book 10, Hadith 43



Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "The reward of the prayer offered by a person in congregation is twenty-five times greater than that of the prayer offered in one's house or in the market (alone). And this is because if he performs ablution and does it perfectly and then proceeds to the mosque with the sole intention of praying, then for every step he takes towards the mosque, he is upgraded one degree in reward and his one sin is taken off (crossed out) from his accounts (of deeds). When he offers his prayer, the angels keep on asking for Allah's Blessings and Allah's forgiveness for him as long as he is (staying) at his Musalla. They say, 'O Allah! Bestow Your blessings upon him, be Merciful and kind to him.' And one is regarded in prayer as long as one is waiting for the prayer."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Aadmi ka ba-jamaat namaz adaa karna uske apne ghar aur apne bazaar mein namaz padhne se 25 guna ziyaada sawaab hai aur ye is tarah ke jab wo umda tareeqe se wazoo karke masjid ki taraf rawaana ho aur mahez namaz ke liye chale to jo qadam bhi uthaaega, uske badle uska ek (1) darja buland hoga aur ek (1) gunah bhi moaaf hoga. Phir jab wo namaz adaa kar le ga to jab tak apni jaae namaz par rahega, farishte uske liye dua karte rahe’nge, ke Ya Allah! Tu us par apna fazal-o-karam farma, Ya Allah! Tu us par raham-o-shafqat farma, aur jab tak tum mein se koi namaz ka intezaar karta hai to wo gaya namaz hi mein rehta hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 647

 : Book 10, Hadith 44 



Baab 31: Namaz-e-Fajr Ba-jamaat Padhne Ki Fazilat






Narrated Abu Salama bin 'Abdur Rahman:

Abu Huraira said, "I heard Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) saying, 'The reward of a prayer in congregation is twenty-five times greater than that of a prayer offered by a person alone. The angels of the night and the angels of the day gather at the time of Fajr prayer.' " Abu Huraira then added, "Recite the Holy Book if you wish, for "Indeed, the recitation of the Qur'an in the early dawn (Fajr prayer) is ever witnessed." (Quran 17.78).


Ravi Abu Salama bin 'Abdur Rahman:

Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko ye farmate hue suna: “Namaz-e-ba-jamaat tanha shakhs ki namaz se sawab mein 25 darje ziyaada hai aur raat din ke farishte namaz-e-fajr mein jamaa hote hain”. Phir Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne kaha: Agar tum chaaho to ye aayat padhlo: “Fajr mein quran ki tilaawat par farishte haazir hote hain”. [Surah al Isra: 78]



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 648

 : Book 10, Hadith 45




Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Umar: 

The reward of the congregational prayer is twenty-seven times greater (than that of the prayer offered by a person alone).


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Namaz-e-ba-jamaat ki fazilat tanha shakhs ki namaz se 27 darje ziyaada hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 649

 : Book 10, Hadith 46


Narrated Salim:

I heard Um Ad-Darda' saying, "Abu Ad-Darda' entered the house in an angry mood. 
I said to him.
'What makes you angry?' 
He replied, 'By Allah! I do not find the followers of Muhammad doing those good things (which they used to do before) except the offering of congregational prayer." (This happened in the last days of Abu Ad-Darda' during the rule of 'Uthman).


Ravi Hazrat Salim:

Hazrat Umme Darda (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) se riwayat hai, unho’n ne kaha: Ek dafa Hazrat Abu Darda (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) intehaai ghusse ki haalat mein mere paas tashreef laae. Maine arz kiya: Aapko kis baat ne ghazabnaak bana diya hai? Unho’n ne farmaya: Allah ki qasam! Hazrat Muhammad (ﷺ) ki laai hui shariyat se main ab koi baat nahi paata siwaae iske, ke log jamaat ke saath namaz padh lete hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 650

 : Book 10, Hadith 47




Narrated Abu Musa:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The people who get tremendous reward for the prayer are those who are farthest away (from the mosque) and then those who are next farthest and so on. Similarly, one who waits to pray with the Imam has a greater reward than one who prays and goes to bed. "


Ravi Hazrat Abu Moosa Ashari (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Namaz ke mutaalliq sab logo’n se ziyaada sawab un hazraat ko milta hai, jinki masaafat masjid se door hai, phir (unse ziyaada unhe’n) jinki unse door hai aur jo shakhs Imam ke hamraah namaz padhne ka intezaar karta hai, ba-etebaar-e-sawaab ke us shakhs se badhkar hai jo namaz padhkar so jaata hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 651

 : Book 10, Hadith 48




Baab 32: Namaz-e-Zohar Awwal Waqt Par Padhne Ki Fazilat






Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "While a man was going on a way, he saw a thorny branch and removed it from the way and Allah became pleased by his action and forgave him for that." 
Then the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Five are martyrs: One who dies of plague, one who dies of an abdominal disease, one who dies of drowning, one who is buried alive (and) dies and one who is killed in Allah's cause." 
(The Prophet (ﷺ) further said, "If the people knew the reward for pronouncing the Adhan and for standing in the first row (in the congregational prayer) and found no other way to get it except by drawing lots they would do so, and if they knew the reward of offering the Zuhr prayer early (in its stated time), they would race for it and they knew the reward for 'Isha' and Fajr prayers in congregation, they would attend them even if they were to crawl')


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Ek shaksh raaste mein jaa raha tha, usne waha’n khaardaar tehni dekhi to usey ek taraf hataa diya. Allah Ta’ala ne uski qadar-daani karte hue usey moaaf kar diya”.
Phir Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Shohada 5 qism ke hain: Taaoon mein marne waale, pait ke aarze se marne waale, doob kar marne waale, dab kar marne waale aur Allah ki raah mein ladte hue Shaheed hone waale”. Iske baad aap ne farmaya: “Agar logo’n ko maaloom ho jaae ke azaan aur saff-e-awwal mein kya sawaab hai, to phir apne liye qura daalne ke liye siwa koi chaara na paae’n to zaroor qura-andaazi kare’n”.
(Aap ﷺ ne farmaya:) “Agar logo’n koi lm ho ke (namaz-e-zohar ke liye) jaldi aane mein kitna sawaab hai to zaroor ek doosre se aage badhe’n, aur agar jaan le’n ke isha aur fajr ki namaz (ba-jamaat) adaa karne mein kya sawaab hai to un dono’n ki jamaat mein zaroor aae’n, agarche unhe’n sureno’n ke bal chalkar aana pade”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 652, 653, 654

 : Book 10, Hadith 49
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
2472, 
720, 2829, 5733 





Baab 33: (Masjid Ko Jaate Waqt) Har Qadam Par Sawaab Ki Niyyat Karna







Narrated Humaid:

Anas said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'O Bani Salima! Don't you think that for every step of yours (that you take towards the mosque) there is a reward (while coming for prayer)?" 
Mujahid said: "Regarding Allah's Statement: "We record that which they have sent before (them), and their traces" (Quran 36.12).
'Their traces' means 'their steps.' 
" And Anas said that the people of Bani Salima wanted to shift to a place near the Prophet (ﷺ) but Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) disliked the idea of leaving their houses uninhabited and said, "Don't you think that you will get the reward for your footprints." 
Mujahid said, "Their footprints mean their footsteps and they're going on foot."


Ravi Humaid:

Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, "Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Aye Banu Salma! Tum apne qadmo’n ke badle sawaab ke talabgaar kyou’n nahi ho?”. 
Hazrat Imam Mujahid (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) ne irshad-e-Baari Ta’ala: “Ham Unke Wo Amaal Bhi Likhte Hain Jo Unho’n Ne Aage Bheje Aur Wo Asaar Bhi Jo Peeche Chodh Gae Hain”, ki tafseer karte hue farmaya: “آثَارُهُمْ” se muraad unke qadam hain.
Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) hi se riwayat hai ke Banu Salama qabile ne naqal-e-makaani karke Nabi (ﷺ) ke qareeb rehne ka iraada kiya to Nabi (ﷺ) ne usey na-pasand farmaya, ke wo madina ko wiraan kar de’n. Phir aap ne unse farmaya: “Tum apne qadamo’n ke badle sawaab ke talabgaar kyou’n nahi ho?”
Imam Mujahid ne 
“آثَارُهُمْ” ki tafseer karte hue farmaya: Iske maane zameen par apne qadamo’n se chalne ke nishanaat hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 655, 656

 : Book 10, Hadith 50 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
656, 1887 





Baab 34: Namaz-e-Isha Ba-Jamaat Adaa Karne Ki Fazilat






Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "No prayer is harder for the hypocrites than the Fajr and the 'Isha' prayers and if they knew the reward for these prayers at their respective times, they would certainly present themselves (in the mosques) even if they had to c awl." The Prophet (ﷺ) added, "Certainly I decided to order the Mu'adh-dhin (call-maker) to pronounce Iqama and order a man to lead the prayer and then take a fire flame to burn all those who had not left their houses so far for the prayer along with their houses."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Fajr aur Isha ki namaz se ziyada aur koi namaz munafiqeen par giraa’n nahi hai. Agar wo jaan le’n ke un dono’n mein kya (sawaab) hai to unke liye zaroor haazir ho’n, agarche unhe’n ghutno’n aur sureno’n ke bal chalkar aana pade. Maine pukhta iraada kar liya tha ke muezzin ko takbeer kehne ka hukum doo’n, phir kisi ko logo’n ki imaamat par maamoor karu’n, aur khud aag ke shole le kar un logo’n ko jalaa du’n jo abhi tak namaz ke liye nahi nikle”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 657

 : Book 10, Hadith 51



Baab 35: Do (2) Yaa Do (2) Se Ziyaada Aadmi Jamaat Ke Hukum Mein Hain







Narrated Malik bin Huwairith:

Prophet (ﷺ) said (to two persons), "Whenever the prayer time becomes due, you should pronounce Adhan and then Iqama and the older of you should lead the prayer."


Ravi Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab namaz ka waqt aajaae to tum mein se koi azaan de aur takbeer kahe, phir tum mein se badi umr waala imaamat karaae”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 658

 : Book 10, Hadith 52





Baab 36: Masaajid Aur Un Mein Namaz Ke Intezaar Mein Baithne Ki Fazilat







Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "The angels keep on asking for Allah's Blessing and Forgiveness for anyone of you as long as he is at his Musalla (praying place) and does not do Hadath (passes wind). The angels say, 'O Allah! Forgive him and be Merciful to him.' Each one of you is in the prayer as long as he is waiting for the prayer and nothing but the prayer detains him from going to his family."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Farishte tum mein se us shakhs ke liye dua karte rehte hain jab tak wo apni jaae namaz par rahe, ba-sharte ke be-wazoo na ho. (Dua ye hai:) Aye Allah! Isey bakhsh de, Aye Allah! Is par raham farma, nez tum mein se har ek us waqt tak namaz hi mein rehta hai, jab tak namaz ne usey rok rakha ho, aur apne ghar waapas aane ke liye namaz ke alaawa aur koi cheez mane* “مانع ” na ho”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 659

 : Book 10, Hadith 53
 
:
*Rukaawat, rokne waala, manaa karne waala 




Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Allah will give shade, to seven, on the Day when there will be no shade but His. (These seven persons are):

1. A just ruler, 
2. A youth who has been brought up in the worship of Allah (i.e. worships Allah sincerely from childhood), 
3. A man whose heart is attached to the mosques (i.e. to pray the compulsory prayers in the mosque in congregation), 
4. Two persons who love each other only for Allah's sake and they meet and part in Allah's cause only, 
5. A man who refuses the call of a charming woman of noble birth for illicit intercourse with her and says: I am afraid of Allah, 
6. A man who gives charitable gifts so secretly that his left-hand does not know what his right hand has given (i.e. nobody knows how much he has given in charity), and 
7. A person who remembers Allah in seclusion and his eyes are then flooded with tears."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Saat (7) qism ke logo’n ko Allah Ta’ala apne saae mein jagah de ga, jis roz uske saae ke alaawa aur koi saaya na hoga:

1. Insaaf karne waala hukumraan, 
2. Wo naujawaan jo apne Rabb ki ibaadat mein parwaan chadhe,
3. Wo shakhs jiska dil masjido’n mein atka rehta ho, 
4. Wo do (2) shakhs jo Allah ke liye dosti kare’n, jamaa ho’n to uske liye aur judaa ho’n to bhi uske liye, 
5. Wo shakhs jise koi khoobru aur muazzaz aurat buraai ki daawat de aur wo kehde: Main Allah se darta hoo’n. 
6. Wo shakhs jo is qadar posheeda taur par sadqa de, ke uske baae’n haath ko bhi pataa na chale ke uska daaya’n haath kya kharch karta hai
7. Wo shakhs jo khilwat mein Allah ko yaad kare to (be-saakhta) uski aankho’n se aansu jaari ho jaae’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 660

 : Book 10, Hadith 54
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1423, 6479, 6806 




Narrated Humaid:

Anas was asked, "Did Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) wear a ring?"
 He said, "Yes. Once he delayed the 'Isha' prayer till midnight and after the prayer, he faced us and said, 'The people prayed and have slept and you remained in prayer as long as you waited for it.' " 
Anas added, "As if I were just now observing the glitter of his ring."


Ravi Humaid:

Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se sawal kiya gaya: Kya Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne anghoti banwaai thi? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Haa’n! Ek din Aap (ﷺ) ne namaz-e-isha ko aadhi raat tak muakh-khar farmaya, namaz se faraaghat ke baad apne chehra-e-anwar se hamari taraf mutawajja hue aur farmaya: “Log to namaz padhkar so gae aur tum ne jab namaz ka intezar kiya to goya tum namaz hi ki haalat mein rahe”. 
Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Goya main ab bhi us anghoti ki chamak dekh raha hoo’n, jo aap ne pehen rakhi thi.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 661

 : Book 10, Hadith 55





Baab 37: Masjid Mein Subah-o-Shaam Aamad-o-Raft Rakhne Waale Ki Fazilat







Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Allah will prepare for him who goes to the mosque (every) morning and in the afternoon (for the congregational prayer) an honourable place in Paradise with good hospitality for (what he has done) every morning and afternoon goings.



Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jo shakhs masjid ki taraf subah-o-shaam baar-baar aata-jaata hai, to Allah Ta’ala Jannat mein uski mehmaani taiyyaar karta hai, jab bhi wo subah-o-shaam (masjid mein) aata aur jaata hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 662

 : Book 10, Hadith 56 





Baab 38: Namaz Ki Iqaamat Ke Baad Farz Namaz Ke Alaawa Aur Koi Namaz Nahi Hoti







Narrated Malik Ibn Buhaina:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) passed by a man praying two Rakat after the Iqama (had been pronounced). When Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) completed the prayer, the people gathered around him (the Prophet (ﷺ)) or that man and Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said to him (protesting), Are there four Rakat in Fajr prayer? 
Are there four Rakat in Fajr prayer?"


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Maalik bin Buhaina:

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne ek shakhs ko do (2) rakat namaz padhte dekha, jabke namaz ke liye iqaamat ho chuki thi. Jab Rasool Allah (ﷺ) namaz se faarigh hue to logo’n ne us aadmi ko gher liya. 
Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne us shakhs se farmaya: “Kya subah ki 4 rakate’n hain? 
Kya subah ki 4 rakate’n hain?”.

Ghundar aur Moaaz ne Bahaz bin Asad ki mataabe-at ki hai, wo Shu’ba se bayan karte hain aur Shu’ba Maalik se riwayat karte hain. Ibne Ishaq ne iski sanad bayan karte hue kaha: “عن سعد عن حفص عن عبد الله ابن بحينه ” A’an Saad a’an Hafs a’an Abdullah bin Buhaina. Hammad ne iski sanad baae’n-taur bayan ki: Hame’n Saad ne khabar di, usne Hafs se byan kiya, wo Maalik se riwayat karte hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 663

 : Book 10, Hadith 57





Baab 39: Mareez Ko Kis Hadd Tak (ki bimaari mein) Jamaat Ke Liye Aana Chaahiye







Narrated Al-Aswad:

"We were with 'Aisha discussing the regularity of offering the prayer and dignifying it. 
She said, 'When Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) fell sick with the fatal illness and when the time of the prayer became due and Adhan was pronounced, he said, 'Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer.' He was told that Abu Bakr was a soft-hearted man and would not be able to lead the prayer in his place. The Prophet (ﷺ) gave the same order again but he was given the same reply. He gave the order for the third time and said, 'You (women) are the companions of Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the prayer.' So Abu Bakr came out to lead the prayer. In the meantime, the condition of the Prophet (ﷺ) improved a bit and he came out with the help of two men one on each side. As if I was observing his legs dragging on the ground owing to the disease. Abu Bakr wanted to retreat but the Prophet (ﷺ) beckoned him to remain at his place and the Prophet (ﷺ) was brought till he sat beside Abu Bakr." 
Al-A'mash was asked, "Was the Prophet (ﷺ) praying and Abu Bakr following him, and were the people following Abu Bakr in that prayer?"
Al-A'mash replied in the affirmative with a nod of his head. 
Abu Muawiya said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) was sitting on the left side of Abu Bakr who was praying while standing."


Ravi Hazrat Aswad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ham Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ke paas baithe hue the, us dauran mein ham ne namaz ki paabandi aur uski azmat ka zikr kiya to Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne farmaya: Jab Rasool Allah (ﷺ) marz-e-wafaat mein mubtalaa hue aur namaz ke liye azaan hui to aap ne farmaya: “Abu Bakar se akho ke wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n”. 
Us waqt aapse arz kiya gaya: Abu Bakar bade naram dil insaan hain, jab wo aap ki jagah khade ho’nge to (shiddat-e-gham se) logo’n ko namaz nahi padha sake’nge. 
Aap (ﷺ) ne dobaara wohi hukum diya to phir wohi arz kiya gaya. 
Aap (ﷺ) ne teesri martaba phir wohi kaha aur farmaya: “Tum Hazrat Yusuf (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) ke saath waali aurto’n ki tarah ho, Abu Bakar se kaho ke wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n”. 
Chunache Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) namaz padhane ke liye tashreef le gae. Uske baad Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne apni bimaari mein kuch kami mehsoos ki, to aap do (2) aadmiyo’n ke darmiyan sahaara le kar nikle. 
Goya main ab bhi aapke dono paao’n dekh rahi hoo’n ke wo kamzori ki wajah se zameen par ghaseet-te jaa rahe the. Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne aapko dekh kar peeche hanta chaaha to Nabi (ﷺ) ne unhe’n ishaara farmaya ke apni jagah par raho. Phir aapko laaya gaya ta-aa’nke aap (ﷺ) Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke pehlu mein baith gae.

Hazrat Amash se dariyaaft kiya gaya: Aaya Nabi (ﷺ) namaz padha rahe the aur Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) aap 
(ﷺ) ki iqteda kar rahe the, aur log Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki iqteda mein namaz padh rahe the? 
To Hazrat Amash ne sar ke ishare se haa’n mein jawaab diya. 
Abu Dawood (Tayaalsi) ne is hadees ka kuch hissa Shu’ba se riwayat kiya hai. Aur Abu Muawiya ne Hazrat Amash se jo riwayat bayan ki hai us mein mundarja-zel alfaaz ka izaafa hai: Rasool Allah (ﷺ) Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki baaee’n jaanib baith gae, jabke Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne khade ho kar namaz adaa ki.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 664 

 : Book 10, Hadith 58



Narrated 'Aisha:

"When the Prophet (ﷺ) became seriously ill and his disease became aggravated he asked for permission from his wives to be nursed in my house and he was allowed. He came out with the help of two men and his legs were dragging on the ground. He was between Al-Abbas and another man."
'Ubaid Ullah said, "I told Ibn 'Abbas what 'Aisha had narrated and he said, 'Do you know who was the (second) man whose name 'Aisha did not mention" 
I said, 'No.' 
Ibn 'Abbas said, 'He was 'Ali Ibn Abi Talib.' "


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Jab Nabi (ﷺ) bimaar hue aur aap ki bimaari shiddat ikhteyar kar gai to aap ne apni biwiyo’n se ijaazat chaahi ke mere ghar aap ki timaardaari ki jaae. Tamaam biwiyo’n ne ijaazat dedi. Chunache aap do (2) aadmiyo’n ka sahaara le kar nikle, jabke aapke paao’n ghisat rahe the. Aap (ﷺ) us waqt Hazrat Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) aur ek doosre aadmi ke darmiyan the.
Raawi-e-hadees Hazrat Obaidullah bin Abdullah kehte hain: Maine Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ki is baat ka tazkira kiya to aap ne farmaya: Kya tumhe’n maaloom hai ke Dosra aadmi kaun tha, jiska Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne naam nahi liya? Maine kaha: Nahi. 
Kehne lagey: Ali bin Abi Taalib (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 665

 : Book 10, Hadith 59





Baab 40: Baarish Yaa Kisi Aur Uzr Ki Wajah Se Ghar Mein Namaz Padhne Ki Ijaazat







Narrated Nafi':

Once on a very cold and stormy night, Ibn 'Umar pronounced the Adhan for the prayer and then said, "Pray in your homes." He (Ibn 'Umar) added. "On very cold and rainy nights Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to order the Mu'adhdhin to say, 'Pray in your homes.' "


Ravi Hazrat Naafe (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek sard aur tez aandhi ki raat ko Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne azaan di, phir kaha: Logo! Apne apne ghar mein namaz padhlo. Uske baad farmaya: Jab kabhi shab-e-baad-o-baaraa’n* ka saamna hota to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) moazzin ko hukum dete ke wo “أَلاَ صَلُّوا فِي الرِّحَالِ” ke de, yaane apne gharo’n mein namaz padh lene ka elaan kar de.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 666

 : Book 10, Hadith 60
 
:
*Tez hawaae’n aur baarish, aandhi-toofaan bhari baarish 




Narrated Mahmuid bin Rabi' Al-Ansari:

'Itban bin Malik used to lead his people (tribe) in prayer and was a blind man, he said to Allah's Apostle (ﷺ), "O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)! At times it is dark and flood water is flowing (in the valley) and I am a blind man, so please pray at a place in my house so that I can take it as a Musalla (praying place)." 
So Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) went to his house and said, "Where do you like me to pray?" 
'Itban pointed to a place in his house and Allah's Apostle (ﷺ), offered the prayer there.


Ravi Hazrat Mahmood bin Rabeea Ansari (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Hazrat Itbaan bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) naabina the aur apni qaum ke imam the. 
Unho’n ne Rasool Allah (ﷺ) se darkhwaast ki ke Andheri aur siyaah raate’n hoti hain, aur main naabina shakhs hoo’n (masjid mein haazir nahi ho sakta). Lehaza aap mere ghar mein kisi muqaam par namaz padh le’n taake main is jagah aapna “musalla” banaaloo’n. 
Chunacha Rasool Allah (ﷺ) uske yahaa’n tashreef le gae aur farmaya: “Tum meri namaz ke liye kis jagah ka intekhaab karte ho?” 
Unho’n ne apne ghar mein ek jagah ki taraf ishaara kar diya, chunache Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne waha’n namaz adaa farmaai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 667

 : Book 10, Hadith 61 



Baab 41: Kya Imam Baarish Ke Waqt Haazireen Ko Namaz Padhaae? Nez, Kya Juma Ke Din Baarish Mein Bhi Khutbe Ka Ehtemaam Kare?








Narrated 'Abdullah bin Al-Harith:

Ibn Abbas addressed us on a (rainy and) muddy day and when the Mu'adh-dhin said, "Come for the prayer" 
Ibn Abbas ordered him to say, "Pray in your homes." 
The people began to look at one another with surprise as if they did not like it. 
Ibn 'Abbas said, "It seems that you thought ill of it but no doubt it was done by one who was better than I (i.e. the Prophet (ﷺ)). It (the prayer) is a strict order and I disliked to bring you out."
Ibn Abbas narrated the same as above but he said, "I did not like you to make you sinful (in refraining from coming to the mosque) and to come (to the mosque) covered with mud up to the knees."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Al-Harith:

Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, unho’n ne bearish aur keechad ke din logo’n ke saamne khutba diya aur moazzin ko hukum diya ke jab wo “حَىَّ عَلَى الصَّلاَةِ‏” par pohnche to is tarah kahe: “Logo’n! Apni apni qiyaam-gaaho’n par namaz padhlo”. 
Ye sun kar waha’n maujood log ek doosre ki taraf dekhne lagey. Kya unho’n ne usey bura mehsoos kiiya. 
Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Mujhe aisa maaloom hota hai ke tumne usey bura khayaal kiya hai? Halaa’nke ye kaam us shakhsiyat ne kiya hai jo mujhse kahee’n behtar thi, yaane Nabi (ﷺ) ne. Choo’nke azaan se masjid mein aana zaroori ho jaata hai, is liye maine accha nahi samjha ke tumhe’n takleef mein daaloo’n.

Aasim ki riwayat bhi isi tarah hai, albatta iske aakhri alfaaz is tarah hain ke Abdullah bin Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Main nahi chahta ke tumhe’n gunah mein mubtalaa karoo’n, tum tang-dili ke saath ghanto’n tak keechad ko raundte hue masjid mein aao.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 668

 : Book 10, Hadith 62 




Narrated Abu Sa'id Al-Khudri:

A cloud came and it rained till the roof started leaking and in those days the roof used to be of the branches of date palms. Iqama was pronounced and I saw Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)s prostrating in water and mud and even I saw the mark of mud on his forehead.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Baadal ka ek tukda aaya aur khoob barsa, yahaa’n tak ke masjid ki chatt tapakne lagi, jo-ke khajoor ki shaakho’n se taiyyaar ki gai thi. Uske baad namaz ke liye iqaamat kahi gai. Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko paani aur mitti mein sajda karte hue dekha. yahaa’n tak ke keechad ka nishaan maine aap ki peshaani par bhi dekha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 669 

 : Book 10, Hadith 63
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
813, 836, 2016, 2018, 2027, 2036, 2040 




Narrated Anas bin Sirin:

I heard Anas saying, "A man from Ansar said to the Prophet (ﷺ), 'I cannot pray with you (in congregation).'
He was a very fat man and he prepared a meal for the Prophet (ﷺ) and invited him to his house. He spread out a mat for the Prophet (ﷺ) and washed one of its sides with water, and the Prophet (ﷺ) prayed two Rakat on it." 
A man from the family of Al-Jaruid asked, "Did the Prophet (ﷺ) used to pray the Duha (forenoon) prayer?" 
Anas said, "I did not see him praying the Duha prayer except on that day."


Ravi Anas bin Sirin:

Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, Ek Ansari shakhs ne (Rasool Allah (ﷺ) se) arz kiya ke wo aapke saath namaz nahi padh sakta, kyou’nke wo ghair maamooli motaape ka shikaar tha. Chunache usne Nabi (ﷺ) ke liye khana taiyyaar kiya aur aapko apne ghar aane ki daawat di. 
(Aap uske ghar tashreef le gae to) usne aapke liye ek chataai bichaai. Uske ek kinaare ko dho kar us par aap ne do (2) rakate’n adaa kee’n. 
Aal-e-Jaarood mein se ek aadmi ne Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se dariyaaft kiya: Aaya Nabi (ﷺ) namaz-e-chaasht padha karte the? 
Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne jawab diya: Maine us roz ke alaawa kabhi aapko ye namaz padhte nahi dekha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 670

 : Book 10, Hadith 64
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1179, 6080 





Baab 42: Dauraan-e-Iqaamat Mein Agar Khana Aajaae






Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) (aise halaat mein namaz se) pehle raat ka khana tanaawul farmate. 
Aur Hazrat Abu Darda (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ka irshad-e-giraami hai: Aadmi ka pehle apni zaroorat ko poora kar lena taake itmenaan-e-qalb ke saath namaz ki taraf mutawajja ho, uske aqalmandi hone ki alaamat hai.




Narrated 'Aisha:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "If supper is served, and Iqama is pronounced one should start with the supper."


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Agar dauran-e-iqaamat mein khana saamne rakh diya jaae to pehle khana khaalo”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 671

 : Book 10, Hadith 65
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
5465 




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "If the supper is served start having it before praying the Maghrib prayer and do not be hasty in finishing it."


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab khana saamne rakh diya jaae to namaz maghrib se pehle khana khaalo aur apna khana chodhkar namaz ke liye ujlat (jald-baazi) na karo”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 672

 : Book 10, Hadith 66
 
: Also see Hadith No. 5463
 




Narrated Nafi':

Ibn 'Umar said, "Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, 'If the supper is served for anyone of you and the Iqama is pronounced, start with the supper and don't be in haste (and carry on eating) till you finish it." 
If food was served for Ibn 'Umar and Iqama was pronounced, he never came to the prayer till he finished it (i.e. food) in spite of the fact that he heard the recitation (of the Qur'an) by the Imam (in the prayer). 


Ravi Hazrat Nafee:

Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab tum mein se kisi ka khana saamne rakh diya jaae aur us dauraan mein namaz ke liye iqaamat kehdi jaae to pehle khana tanaawul kar le, jaldi na kare balke khaane se faraaghat haasil kare”. 
Hazrat Abdulalh bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki aadat thi ke agar unke liye khana rakh diya jaata aur us dauraan mein iqaamat ho jaati, to jab tak khaane se faarigh na ho jaate, namaz mein shareek na hua karte the, halaa’nke wo imam ki qirat bhi sun rahe hote the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 673

 : Book 10, Hadith 67 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
674, 5464 




Narrated Ibn 'Umar: 

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "If anyone of you is having his meals, he should not hurry up till he is; satisfied even if the prayer has been started."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab tum mein se koi khana kha raha ho to jaldi naa kare, ta-aa’nke khane se apni zaroorat poori kar le, agarche namaz khadi ho chuki ho”.

Is hadees ko Ibrahim bin Munzir ne Wahab bin Usman se riwayat kiya hai, aur Wahab madani hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 674

 : Book 10, Hadith 68





Baab 43: Jab Imam Ko Namaz Ke Liye Bulaya Jaae Aur Uske Haath Mein Koi Cheez Ho Jise Wo Khaa Raha Ho







Narrated Ja'far bin 'Amr bin Umaiya:

My father said, "I saw Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) eating a piece of meat from the shoulder of a sheep and he was called for the prayer. He stood up, put down the knife and prayed but did not perform ablution.''


Ravi Hazrat Amr bin Umaiyya (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko shaane ka gosht kaat-kaat kar khaate hue dekha. Itne mein aap (ﷺ) ko namaz ke liye bulaya gaya. Aap (ﷺ) ne churi ko wahee’n phenk diya aur namaz ke liye uth-khade hue. Chunache aap (ﷺ) ne namaz padhaai aur wazoo nahi kiya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 675

 : Book 10, Hadith 69 





Baab 44: Jamaat Khadi Ho Jaae To Gharelu Masrufiyaat Tark Karke Namaz Mein Shareek Hona Chaahiye







Narrated Al-Aswad:

That he asked 'Aisha "What did the Prophet (ﷺ) use to do in his house?" 
She replied, "He used to keep himself busy serving his family and when it was the time for prayer he would go for it."


Ravi Hazrat Aswad:

Maine Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) se Nabi (ﷺ) ki gharelu masrufiyaat ke mutaalliq sawaal kiya to unho’n ne farmaya: Aap (ﷺ) apne ahle khana ki khidmat mein masroof rehte aur jab namaz ka waqt aajaata to aap namaz ke liye tashreef le jaate.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 676

 : Book 10, Hadith 70
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
5363, 6039 



Baab 45: Masnoon Tareeqa-e-Namaz Sikhaane Ke Liye Logo’n Ke Saamne Namaz Padhna







Narrated Aiyub:

Abu Qilaba said, "Malik bin Huwairith came to this Mosque of ours and said, 'I pray in front of you and my aim is not to lead the prayer but to show you the way in which the Prophet (ﷺ) used to pray.'
"I asked Abu Qilaba, "How did he use to pray?' " 
He replied, "(The Prophet (ﷺ) used to pray) like this Sheikh of ours and the Sheikh used to sit for a while after the prostration, before getting up after the first Rak'a. "


Ravi Aiyub:

Hazrat Abu Qilaaba se riwayat hai, unho’n ne kaha: Hamaare paas us masjid mein ek dafaa Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) tashreef laae aur farmaane lagey: Main tumhare saamne namaz padhta hoo’n, halaa’nke meri niyyat namaz padhne ki nahi. Mera maqsad sirf ye hai ke tumhe’n wo tareeqa bataau’n jis tareeqe se Nabi (ﷺ) namaz padha karte the. (Raawi-e-hadees Ayyub ne kaha:) 
Maine Abu Qilaaba se sawaal kiya: Unho’n ne kis tarah tarah namaz padhi thi? 
Abu Qilaaba ne jawab diya: Hamaare is buzurg (Amr bin Salma) ki tarah. Hamaare wo buzurg jab pehli rakat mein sajde se sar uthaate to khade hone se pehle zara baith jaaya karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 677

 : Book 10, Hadith 71
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
802, 818, 824 





Baab 46: Saaheb-e-Ilm-o-Fazal Imaamat Ka Ziyada Hadaar Hai







Narrated Abu Musa:

"The Prophet (ﷺ) became sick and when his disease became aggravated, he said, "Tell Abu Bakr to lead the prayer." 
'Aisha said, "He is a soft-hearted man and would not be able to lead the prayer in your place." The Prophet (ﷺ) said again, "Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer." 
She repeated the same reply but he said, "Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer. You are the companions of Joseph." 
So the messenger went to Abu Bakr (with that order) and he led the people in prayer in the lifetime of the Prophet (ﷺ).


Ravi Hazrat Abu Moosa Ashari (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Jab Nabi (ﷺ) bimaar hue aur bimaari ne shiddat ikhteyar ki, to aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Abu Bakar se kaho, wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n”. 
Is par Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) goya huee’n: Wo naram-dil aadmi hain, jab aap ki jagah khade ho’nge to logo’n ko namaz na padha sake’nge. 
Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Abu Bakar se kaho, wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n”. 
Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne pehle waali baat phir keh di. 
Aap (ﷺ) ne se-baara (Teesri baar) farmaya: “Tum Abu bakar se kaho, wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n, tum aurte’n mujhe Hazrat Yusuf (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) ke saath waali aurte’n maaloom hoti ho”.
Phir ek aadmi Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke paas aaya aur unho’n ne Nabi (ﷺ) ki hayaat-e-mubaraka hi mein logo’n ko namaz padhaai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 678

 : Book 10, Hadith 72
 
: Also see Hadith No. 3385 




Narrated 'Aisha:

The mother of the believers: Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) in his illness said, "Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in prayer." I said to him, "If Abu Bakr stands in your place, the people would not hear him owing to his (excessive) weeping. So please order 'Umar to lead the prayer." 
'Aisha added I said to Hafsa, "Say to him: If Abu Bakr should lead the people in the prayer in your place, the people would not be able to hear him owing to his weeping; so please, order 'Umar to lead the prayer." 
Hafsa did so but Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Keep quiet! You are verily the Companions of Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer. " 
Hafsa said to 'Aisha, "I never got anything good from you."


Ravi Hazrat Ummul Momineen Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne apne ayyam-e-alaalat mein farmaya: “Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se kaho, wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n”. 
Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) farmati hain: Maine arz kiya: Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) aap ki jagah khade ho kar (fart-e-gham se) rone lage’nge. Is wajah se logo’n ko unki awaaz sunaai nahi degi. Lehaza aap Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko hukum de’n ke wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae, Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) farmati hain ke maine Hazrat Hafsa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) se kaha ke tum bhi Rasool Allah (ﷺ) se kaho ke Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) jab Aap ki jagah khade ho’nge to girye* ke baais logo’n ko apni awaaz nahi suna sake’nge, is liye aap Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko hukum de’n ke wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n. 
Chunache Hazrat Hafsa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne arz kiya to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Khamosh raho, yaqeenan tum Yusuf (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) ke saath waali aurto’n ki tarah ho. 
Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne arz kiya to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Khamosh raho, yaqeenan tum Yusuf (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) ke saath waali aurto’n ki tarah ho”. 
Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se kaho, wo logo’n ko padhaae’n”.
Us par Hazrat Hafsa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) se kaha: Maine kabhi tumse koi faaeda nahi paaya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 679

 : Book 10, Hadith 73
 
*Rona, aansu bahaana, aansuo’n se rone ki soorat-e-haal




Narrated Az-Zuhn:

Anas bin Malik Al-Ansari, told me, "Abu Bakr used to lead the people in prayer during the fatal illness of the Prophet (ﷺ) till it was Monday. When the people aligned (in rows) for the prayer the Prophet (ﷺ) lifted the curtain of his house and started looking at us and was standing at that time. His face was (glittering) like a page of the Qur'an and he smiled cheerfully. We were about to be put to trial for the pleasure of seeing the Prophet (ﷺ), Abu Bakr retreated to join the row as he thought that the Prophet (ﷺ) would lead the prayer. The Prophet (ﷺ) beckoned us to complete the prayer and he let the curtain fall. On the same day, he 
(ﷺ) died."



Ravi Az-Zuhn:

Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, jo Nabi (ﷺ) ke pairokaar, khidmat-guzaar aur sohbat-daar hain. Unho’n ne farmaya: Hazrat Abu Bakar Siddiq (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) Nabi (ﷺ) ke marz-e-wafaat mein logo’n ko namaz padhaate the. Peer ke din jab log namaz ke liye saff-basta the, to Nabi (ﷺ) ne apne hujre ka parda uthaya aur khade ho kar logo’n ki taraf dekhne lagey. Us waqt aapka chehra (husn-o-jamaal aur ra’naai-o-zebaai mein) Goya mushaf ka warq tha. Phir aap bashashat* ke saath muskuraae to ham logo’n ko intehaai khusi hui, andesha tha ke ham Nabi (ﷺ) ko dekhte dekhte namaz se ghaafil ho jaae’n. Uske baad Hazrat Abu Bakar Siddiq (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ultey peeche lotne lagey, taake logo’n ki saff mein shaail ho jaae’n. Wo samajhne ke Nabi (ﷺ) namaz ke liye tashreef laa rahe hain. Lekin aap ne hamari taraf ishaara kiya ke apni namaz poori karlo. Phir aap ne parda daal diya aur usi din aap ne wafaat paai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 680

 : Book 10, Hadith 74
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
681, 754, 1205, 4448
 : *Khushi, shaadmaani, masarrat 




Narrated Anas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) did not come out for three days. The people stood for the prayer and Abu Bakr went ahead to lead the prayer. (In the meantime) the Prophet (ﷺ) caught hold of the curtain and lifted it.
When the face of the Prophet (ﷺ) appeared we had never seen a scene more pleasing than the face of the Prophet (ﷺ) as it appeared then. The Prophet (ﷺ) beckoned to Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer and then let the curtain fall. We did not see him (again) till he died.


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ayyam-e-alaalat mein teen (3) din tak baahar tashreef na laa sakey. Phir ek din namaz ke liye takbeer ho chuki thi, aur Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) jamaat ke liye pesh-qadmi karne ko the ke Allah ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne (hujre ka) parda uthaaya. Aap ka rukh zeba dikhaai diya. Yaqeenan aapke rooe anwar se badhkar haseen-o-jameel manzar ham ne kabhi na dekha tha. Nabi (ﷺ) ne apne haath se ishaara karke Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko namaz kel iye aage badhne ko kaha aur parda giraa diya. Uske baad koi bhi aapko na dekh saka, hatta ke aap daai-e-ajal ko labbaik keh gae.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 681

 : Book 10, Hadith 75




Narrated Hamza bin 'Abdullah bin Umar:

My father said, "When Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) became seriously ill, he was told about the prayer. He said, 'Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer.' 
'Aisha said, 'Abu Bakr is a soft-hearted man and would be overpowered by his weeping if he recited the Qur'an.' 
He said to them, 'Tell him (Abu Bakr) to lead the prayer. The same reply was given to him. 
He said again, 'Tell him to lead the prayer. You (women) are the companions of Joseph."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Jab Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki bimaari shiddat ikhteyar kar gai, us dauraan mein aap se namaz ka kaha gaya to aap ne irshad farmaya: “Abu Bakar se kaho, wo logo’n ko namaz padha de’n”. Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne arz kiya: Abu Bakar Siddiq (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) bohot naram-dil aadmi hain, jab qirat kare’nge to shiddat gham se rone lage’nge. Aap ne farmaya: “Unse kaho, wo namaz padhaae’n, tum to bilkul Yusuf (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) ke saath waali aurto’n maaloom hoti ho”. Is hadees ki mataabeat Muhammad bin Waleed Zubaidi, Zohri ke bateeje aur Ishaq bin Yahya Kalbi ne Zohri se ki hai. Aur Aqeel aur Ma’amar ne bhi Zohri se, unho’n ne Hamza bin Abdullah bin Umar se, unho’n ne Hamza bin Abdullah bin Umar se, unho’n ne Nabi-e-Akram (ﷺ) se bayan kiya hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 682

 : Book 10, Hadith 76





  Baab 47: Uzr Ki Wajah Se Muqtadi Ka Imaam Ke Pehlu Mein Khade Hona







Narrated 'Urwa's father:

'Aisha said, "Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) ordered Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer during his illness and so he led them in prayer." 
'Urwa, a sub-narrator, added, "Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) felt a bit relieved and came out and Abu Bakr was leading the people. When Abu Bakr saw the Prophet (ﷺ) he retreated but the Prophet (ﷺ) beckoned him to remain there. Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) sat beside Abu Bakr. Abu Bakr was following the prayer of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) and the people were following the prayer of Abu Bakr."


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):
 
Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne dauran-e-alaalat mein hukum diya ke Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) logo’n ko namaz padhae’n, chunache wo wo us dauran mein namaz padhate rahe. Hazrat Urwah kehte hain: Ek din Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne kuch ifaaqa mehsoos kiya, chunache aap baahar tashreef laae to dekha ke Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) logo’n ko namaz padha rahe hain. Jab Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki nigaah Aap (ﷺ) par padi to unho’n ne peeche hanta chaaha lekin aap ne ishaara farmaya ke apni jagah par raho. Uske baad Rasool Allah (ﷺ) Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke pehlu mein unke baraabar baith gae. Andaree’n halaat Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki iqteda mein namaz adaa kar rahe the aur deegar log Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki iqteda mein namaz padh rahe the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 683

 : Book 10, Hadith 77





Baab 48: Ek Shakhs Imaamat Karaae Us Dauraan Mein Imam-e-Awwal Aajaae To Ab Pehla Shakhs Peeche Hate Ya Naa Hate, Uski Namaz Jaaez Hai








Is silsile mein Nabi (ﷺ) Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ki ek riwayat maujood hai.


Narrated Sahl bin Sa'd As-Sa'idi:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) went to establish peace among Bani 'Amr bin 'Auf. In the meantime the time of prayer was due and the Mu'adh-dhin went to Abu Bakr and said, "Will you lead the prayer, so that I may pronounce the Iqama?" 
Abu Bakr replied in the affirmative and led the prayer. Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) came while the people were still praying and he entered the rows of the praying people till he stood in the (first row). The people clapped their hands. Abu Bakr never glanced sideways in his prayer but when the people continued clapping, Abu Bakr looked and saw Allah's Apostle (ﷺ). Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) beckoned him to stay at his place. Abu Bakr raised his hands and thanked Allah for that order of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) and then he retreated till he reached the first row. Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) went forward and led the prayer. When Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) finished the prayer, he said, "O Abu Bakr! What prevented you from staying when I ordered you to do so?"
Abu Bakr replied, "How can Ibn Abi Quhafa (Abu Bakr) dare to lead the prayer in the presence of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)?" 
Then Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Why did you clap so much? If something happens to anyone during his prayer he should say, Subhan Allah. If he says so he will be attended to, for clapping is for women."


Ravi Hazrat Sahal bin Saad Saa’di (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) Amr bin Awf qabile mein sulah karane ke liye tashreef le gae. Jab namaz ka waqt hua to moazzin ne Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke paas aakar kaha: Agar aap namaz padhae’n to mein iqaamat keh doo’n? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Haa’n. Uske baad Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) namaz padhaaen lagey. Itne mein Rasool Allah (ﷺ) tashreef le aae jabke log namaz mein masroof the. Aap safo’n mein guzarkar pehli saff mein pohonche. Us par logo’n ne taaliya’n peetna shuru kar de’n, lekin Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) apni namaz mein idhar-udhar dekhne ke aadi na the. Jab logo’n ne musalsal taaliya’n bajaee’n to Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) mutawajja hue to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) par unki nazar padi (wo peeche hatne lagey) to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne ishaara kiya: Tum apni jagah par thehre raho. Us par Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne apne dono haath uthakar Allah Ta’ala ka shukar adaa kiya ke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne unhe’n imaamat ka ezaaz bakhshna hai, taaham wo peeche hatkar logo’n ki saff mein shamil hogae aur Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne aage badhkar namaz padhaai. Faraaghat ke baad aap ne farmaya: “Aye Abu Bakar! Jab maine tumhe’n hukum diya tha to tum khade kyou’n na rahe?” Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne arz kiya: Abu Quhaafa ke bete ki kya majaal ke wo Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke aage namaz padhaae. Phir Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne logo’n ki taraf mutawajja ho kar farmaya: “Kya wajah hai ke maine tumhe’n ba-kasrat taaliya’n bajaate hue dekha? (dekho!) jab kisi ko dauran-e-namaz mein koi baat pesh aajaae to Subhan-Allah kehna chaahiye kyou’nke jab wo Subhan Aallah kahega to uski taraf tawajjo di jaaegi aur taali bajaana to sirf aurto’n ke liye hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 684

 : Book 10, Hadith 78 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1201, 1204, 1218, 1234, 2690, 2693, 7190 





Baab 49: Agar Tamaam Namazi Qirat Mein Barabar Ho’n To Badi Umar Waala Imam Bane







Narrated Malik bin Huwairth:

We went to the Prophet (ﷺ) and we were all young men and stayed with him for about twenty nights. The Prophet (ﷺ) was very merciful. He said, "When you return home, impart religious teachings to your families and tell them to offer perfectly such and such a prayer at such and such a time and such and such a prayer at such and such a time. And all the time of the prayer one of you should pronounce the Adhan and the oldest of you should lead the prayer."


Ravi Hazrat Malik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ham Nabi (ﷺ) ki khidmat mein haazir hue, ham chand-ek naujawan the. Ham taqriban 20 raate’n Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke yahaa’n muqeem rahe. Aap intehaai meherbaan aur rahem-dil the. Aap ne (hamari ghareeb-ul-watani ko mehsso kiya aur) farmaya: “Jab tum apne watan ko laut kar jaao to unhe’n deen ki taaleem se araasta karna. Unhe’n talqeen karna ke falaa’n-falaa’n namaz, falaa’n-falaa’n waqt mein adaa kare’n. Jab namaz ka waqt ho jaae to koi ek azaan de aur jo umr mein bada ho wo imaamat karaae”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 685

 : Book 10, Hadith 79 





Baab 50: Jab Imam Kisi Qaum Ke yahaa’n Jaae To Unhe’n Namaz Padha Sakta Hai







Narrated Itban bin Malik Al-Ansari:

The Prophet (ﷺ) (came to my house and) asked permission for entering and I allowed him. He asked, "Where do you like me to pray in your house?" 
I pointed to a place which I liked. He stood up for prayer and we aligned behind him and he finished the prayer with Taslim and we did the same.


Ravi Hazrat Itbaan bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne mere ghar aane ki ijaazat talab farmaai. Maine aapko ijaazat dedi. Aap ne dariyaaft farmaya: “Tum apne ghar ke kaunse hisse mein mera namaz padhana pasand karte ho?” Maine makaan ke us kone ki taraf ishaara kar diya jise main pasand karta tha. Chunache aap khade ho gae, ham ne bhi aapke peeche saff baandhi. Aakhir mein aap ne salaam phera to ham ne bhi salaam pher diya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 686

 : Book 10, Hadith 80

 


Baab 51: Imam Is Liye Muqarrar Kiya Jaata Hai Ke Uski Pairawi Ki Jaae







Nabi (ﷺ) ne marz-e-wafaat mein logo’n ko baithkar namaz padhai (jabke log khade hue the) Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Jo shakhs imam se pehle (rukoo yaa sajde se) sar uthaale, wo dobaara rukoo yaa sajde mein chala jaae aur itni der thehra rahe jitni der usne sar uthaae rakha tha, phir Imam ki periwi kare. 

Imam Hasan Basri (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) ne farmaya: Jo shakhs imam ke saath do (2) rakat adaa kare, lekin (bheed ki wajah se) sajda na kar sakey, wo doosri rakat ke liye do (2) sajde kare. Phir pehli rakat sajdo’n samet dobaara padhe. Aur jo shakhs bhoolkar sajda kiye baghair khada ho gaya, wo sajde mein chala jaae.

Wazaahat: Isse maqsood imaamat ka taqaaza bayan karna hai ke muqtadi tamaam ahwaal-o-amaal mein imam ki iqteda kare, na to imam ke saath-saath chale aur na imam se aage badhne ki koshish kare aur na uski mukhalefat hi ka irtekaab kare. Albatta aisee mukhalefat kar sakta hai jiske mutaalliq koi sharai daleel ho. Masalan: Imam kisi majboori ki binaa par agar baithkar jamaat karaata hai to muqtadi hazraat uski mukhalefat karte hue khade ho kar namaz padhe’nge.




Narrated 'Ubaid-Ullah Ibn 'Abdullah bin 'Utba:

I went to 'Aisha and asked her to describe to me the illness of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ). 
'Aisha said, "Yes. The Prophet (ﷺ) became seriously ill and asked whether the people had prayed. 
We replied, 'No. O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)! They are waiting for you.' 
He added, 'Put water for me in a trough." 
'Aisha added, "We did so. He took a bath and tried to get up but fainted. When he recovered, he again asked whether the people had prayed. 
We said, 'No, they are waiting for you. O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ),' 
He again said, 'Put water in a trough for me.' He sat down and took a bath and tried to get up but fainted again. Then he recovered and said, 'Have the people prayed?' 
We replied, 'No, they are waiting for you. O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ).' 
He said, 'Put water for me in the trough.' Then he sat down and washed and tried to get up but he fainted. When he recovered, he asked, 'Have the people prayed?' 
We said, 'No, they are waiting for you. O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)! The people were in the mosque waiting for the Prophet (ﷺ) for the 'Isha prayer. The Prophet (ﷺ) sent for Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer. The messenger went to Abu Bakr and said, 'Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) orders you to lead the people in the prayer.' Abu Bakr was a softhearted man, so he asked 'Umar to lead the prayer but 'Umar replied, 'You are more rightful.' So Abu Bakr led the prayer in those days. When the Prophet (ﷺ) felt a bit better, he came out for the Zuhr prayer with the help of two persons one of whom was Al-'Abbas. while Abu Bakr was leading the people in the prayer. When Abu Bakr saw him he wanted to retreat but the Prophet (ﷺ) beckoned him not to do so and asked them to make him sit beside Abu Bakr and they did so. Abu Bakr was following the Prophet (ﷺ) (in the prayer) and the people were following Abu Bakr. The Prophet (ﷺ) (prayed) sitting."
'Ubaid-Ullah added "I went to 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas and asked him, Shall I tell you what Aisha has told me about the fatal illness of the Prophet (ﷺ)?' 
Ibn Abbas said, 'Go ahead. I told him her narration and he did not deny anything of it but asked whether 'Aisha told me the name of the second person (who helped the Prophet (ﷺ) ) along with Al-Abbas. 
I said. 'No.' 
He said, 'He was 'Ali (Ibn Abi Talib).


Ravi Hazrat Obaidullah bin Abdullah bin Utbah:

Main Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ki khidmat mein haazir hua aur arz kiya: Aap mujhe Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke marz-e-wafaat ke mutaalliq kuch bataana pasand farmae’ngi? 
Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne farmaya: Kyou’n nahi, suniye jab Nabi (ﷺ) bimaar the, to aap ne dariyaaft farmaya: “Log namaz padh chuke hain?” Ham ne arz kiya: Nahi, Yaa Rasool Allah! Balke wo aapke muntazir hain. Uske baad aap ne farmaya: “Mere liye ek lagan mein paani bhardo”. Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne farmaya: Ham ne aisa hi kiya, chunache aap ne ghusl farmaya: Phir uthne lagey to behosh ho gae. Jab hosh aaya to Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Kya log namaz padh chuke hain?” Ham ne arz kiya: Nahi, Yaa Rasool Allah! Wo to aap ke muntazir hain. Aap ne farmaya: “Mere liye tub mein paani rakh do”. Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ka bayan hai ke aap baith gae aur ghusl farmaya. Phir jab aap ne khade hone ka iraada kiya to behosh ho gae. Uske baad hosh aaya to aap ne farmaya: “Kya log namaz padh chuke hain?” Ham ne kaha: Nahi, Yaa Rasool Allah! Wo aap ke muntazir hain. Log isha ki namaz ke liye masjid mein baithe Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ka intezar kar rahe the. Anjaam-e-kaar Nabi (ﷺ) ne Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke paas ek aadmi bheja aur hukum diya ke wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n. Aap  ka farsitaada* unke paas aaya aur kaha ke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) aapko hukum de rahe hain ke aap logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n. Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) choo’nke intehaai naram-dil insan the, is liye unho’n ne Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se kaha: Aye Umar! Tum logo’n ko namaz padhaa do. Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne unse kaha: Aap us mansab ke ziyaada haqdaar hain. Chunache Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne un dino’n logo’n ko namaze’n padhaae’n. Uske baad Nabi (ﷺ) ne apne marz mein kuch ifaaqa mehsoos farmaya to aap do (2) aadmiyo’n ke darmiyan sahaara le kar namaz-e-zohar ke liye bar-aamad hue. Un mein se ek (1) Hazrat Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) the. Us waqt Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) logo’n ko namaz padha rahe the. Jab aapko Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne dekha to peeche hatne lagey. Magar Nabi (ﷺ) ne ishaara farmaya ke peeche naa the’n. Phir aap ne farmaya: “Mujhe unke pehlu mein bithaado”. Chunache un dono’n ne aap ko Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke pehlu mein bithaa diya. Us waqt Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) to khade ho kar Nabi (ﷺ) ki iqteda mein namaz padh rahe the, jabke log Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki iqteda mein namaz adaa kar rahe the, aur Nabi (ﷺ) baithe hue the.
Obaidullah ne kaha: Phir main Abdullah bin Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke paas gaya aur unse kaha ke wo hadees tumhare gosh-e-guzaar karu’n, jo mujhse Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke marz-e-wafaat ke mutaalliq bayan ki hai? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Pesh karo. Maine unke saamne Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ki bayan karda hadees pesh ki to Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne us mein se kisi baat ka inkaar na kiya, sirf itna kaha ke Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne tumhe us shakhs ka naam bhi bataaya jo Hazrat Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke hamraah tha? 
Maine kaha: Nahi.
Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Wo Hazrat Ali (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 687

 : Book 10, Hadith 81
 
*Bheja hua, qaasid, safeer




Narrated Aisha:

The mother of the believers: Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) during his illness prayed at his house while sitting whereas some people prayed behind him standing. The Prophet (ﷺ) beckoned them to sit down. On completion of the prayer, he said, 'The Imam is to be followed: bow when he bows, raise up your heads (stand erect) when he raises his head and when he says, 'Sami a-l-lahu liman-hamida ' (Allah heard those who sent praises to Him) say then 'Rabbana wa laka-l-hamd' (O our Lord! All the praises are for You), and if he prays sitting then pray sitting."


Ravi Ummul Momineen Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Ek martaba Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne apne ghar mein namaz padhi. Choo’nke aap bimaar the, is liye aap baith kar namaz padh rahe the, jabke log dauran-e-namaz mein aapke peeche khade the. Aap ne unhe’n baith jaane ka ishaara farmaya. Phir jab aap namaz se faarigh hue to farmaya: “Imam is liye banaaya jaata hai ke uski peirwee ki jaae, jab wo rukoo mein chala jaae to tum bhi rukoo mein chale jaae, aur jab wo sar uthaae to tum bhi sar uthaalo, aur jab wo “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida kahe to tum “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” Rabbana Wa Lakal Hamd kaho, aur jab wo baith kar namaz padhe to tum bhi baith kar namaz padho”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 688

 : Book 10, Hadith 82
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1113, 1236, 5658 




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

Once Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) rode a horse and fell down and the right side (of his body) was injured. He offered one of the prayers while sitting and we also prayed behind him sitting. When he completed the prayer, he said, "The Imam is to be followed. Pray standing if he prays standing and bow when he bows; rise when he rises; and if he says, 'Sami a-l-lahu-liman hamida, say then, 'Rabbana wa Lakalhamd' and pray standing if he prays to stand and prays sitting (all of you) if he prays sitting."
Humaid said: The saying of the Prophet (ﷺ) "Pray sitting, if he (Imam) prays sitting" was said in his former illness (during his early life) but the Prophet (ﷺ) prayed sitting afterwards (in the last illness) and the people were praying standing behind him and the Prophet (ﷺ) did not order them to sit. We should follow the latest actions of the Prophet (ﷺ).


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek martaba Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ghode par sawaar hue to us par se gir pade, jisse aapke daae’n pehlu mein chote’n aaee’n. Chunache aap ne ek namaz baith kar padhi to ham ne bhi aapke peeche baith kar wo nama padhi. Jab aap ne salaam phera to farmaya: “Imam is liye muqarrar kiya jaata hai ke uski iqteda ki jaae, lehaaza jab wo khada ho kar namaz padhe to tum bhi khade ho kar namaz padho. Jab wo rukoo kare to tum bhi rukoo karo, jab wo sar uthaae to tum bhi sar uthaao aur jab wo “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida kahe to tum “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” Rabbana Wa Lakal Hamd kaho, aur jab wo khada ho kar namaz padhe to tum bhi khade ho kar namaz padho, aur jab wo baith kar namaz padhe to tum bhi baith kar namaz padho”.

Abu Abdullah (Imam Bukhari رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) farmate hain ke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke farmaan: “Jab imam baith kar namaz padhe to tum bhi baith kar namaz padho”. Iske mutaalliq Imam Humaidi bayan karte hain ke Nabi (ﷺ) ka mazkoora farmaan aap ki pehli bimaari ke mutaalliq hai. Uske baad aap ne khud (marz-e-wafaat mein) baith kar namaz padhaai, jabke log aapke peeche khade hue the. Aap ne unhe’n baithne ka hukum nahi diya. Qaaeda bhi hai ke Nabi (ﷺ) ke aakhri aur aakhri amal ko liya jaae.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 689

 : Book 10, Hadith 83





Baab 52: Imam Ke Peeche Khada Hone Waala Kab Sajda Kare?







Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) bayan karte hain jab imam sajde mein jaae to phir tum sajda karo.


Narrated Al-Bara:

(and he was not a liar) When Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida " none of us bent his back (for prostrations) till the Prophet (ﷺ) prostrated and then we would prostrate after him.


Ravi Hazrat Baraa bin Aazib (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

...jo jhoote nahi hain... unse riwayat hai, unho’n ne farmaya: Jab Rasool Allah (ﷺ) “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida kehte to ham mein se koi shakhs apni kamar na jhukaata, hatta ke Nabi (ﷺ) sajde mein chale jaate. Phir ham aapke baad sajda-rez hote.
Ham se Abu Nayeem ne bayan kiya, unho’n ne kaha: Ham se Sufiyan Soori ne, unho’n ne Abu Ishaq se isi ki misl (hadees) bayan ki.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 690

 : Book 10, Hadith 84
 
: Also see Hadith No. 747, 811 





Baab 53: Us Shakhs Ke Gunah Ka Bayaan Jisne (Rukoo Aur Sajde Mein) Imam Se Pehle Sar Uthaaya







Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Isn't he who raises his head before the Imam afraid that Allah may transform his head into that of a donkey or his figure (face) into that of a donkey?"


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Tum mein se jo shakhs apna sar imam se pehle uthaata hai, usey kya is baat ka khauf nahi ke Allah Ta’ala uske sar ko gadhe ke sar jaisa bana de? Yaa uski soorat gadhe ki soorat jaisee banaade?”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 691

 : Book 10, Hadith 85





Baab 54: Ghulam Aur Aazaad Karda Ghulam Ki Imaamat






Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ki imaamat unka ghulam Zakwan quran se dekh kar kiya karta tha. Isi tarah walad-uz-zina, eraabi* aur na-baaligh ladke ki imaamat bhi jaaez hai, kyou’nke irshad-e-nabawi (ﷺ) hai: “Logo’n ki imaamat wo shaksh karaae jo sabse ziyaada quran padha hua ho”. Nez Ghualm ko bila-wajah jamaat karaane se nahi roka jaa sakta.

* Arab ka baddu, dehaati




Narrated Ibn 'Umar:

When the earliest emigrants came to Al-'Usba a place in Quba', before the arrival of the Prophet (ﷺ), Salim, the slave of Abu Hudhaifa, who knew the Qur'an more than the others used to lead them in prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki madina aamad se qabl jab awwaleen muhajireen quba ke muqaam “Usbah” par pohonche to unki imaamat Saalim, Maula Abu Huzaifa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) kiya karte the. Unhe’n sabse ziyaada quran yaad tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 692

 : Book 10, Hadith 86 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 7175
 




Narrated Anas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Listen and obey (your chief) even if an Ethiopian whose head is like a raisin were made your chief."


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Apne haakim ki baat suno aur uski itaa-at karo, agarche koi siyaah-faam habshi hi tum par haakim bana diya aae, jiska sar munaqqe jaisa ho”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 693

 : Book 10, Hadith 87
 
: Also see Hadith No. 696, 7142 





Baab 55: Agar Imam Apni Namaz Ko Poora Na Kare Aur Muqtadi Poora Kar Le’n







Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "If the Imam leads the prayer correctly then he and you will receive the rewards but if he makes a mistake (in the prayer) then you will receive the reward for the prayer and the sin will be his."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jo log tumhe’n namaz padhaate hain agar theek-theek padhaae’nge to tumhare liye aur unke liye bhi sawaab hai, aur agar wo ghalati kare’nge to tumhare liye to sawaab hai, lekin un par gunah hoga”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 694

 : Book 10, Hadith 88



Baab 56: Fitna Parwar Aur bidati Ki Imaamat Ka Bayaan






Imam Hasan Basri (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) farmate hain ke bidati ke peeche namaz padhlo, uski bidat ka gunah sirf us par hoga.


Narrated 'Ubaid-Ullah bin Adi bin Khiyar:

I went to 'Uthman bin Affan while he was besieged, and said to him, "You are the chief of all Muslims in general and you see what has befallen you. We are led in the Salat (prayer) by a leader of Al-Fitan (trials and afflictions etc.) and we are afraid of being sinful in following him." 'Uthman said. "As-Salat (the prayers) is the best of all deeds so when the people do good deeds do the same with them and when they do bad deeds, avoid those bad deeds." Az-Zuhri said, "In our opinion, one should not offer Salat behind an effeminate person unless there is no alternative."


Ravi Hazrat Obaidulalh bin Adi:

Wo Hazrat Usman (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke paas us waqt haazir-e-khidmat hue jab aap nazar-band the, aur aap se arz kiya ke aap to tamaam logo’n ke imam hain aur aap ek aisee aazmaaesh se do-chaar hain jise ham dekh rahe hain. Soorat-e-haal ye hai ke hame’n imam-e-fitna namaz padhaata hai, jisse ham tang-dil hote hain. Hazrat Usman (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Namaz logo’n ke amaal mein se accha amal hai, jab log umda kaam kare’n to tum bhi unke saath acchaai mein shaamil ho jaao aur jab wo bura kaam kare’n to tum unki buraai se alag raho.
Zubaidi ne kaha: Imam Zohri farmate hain ke ham mukhannas* ke peeche namaz padhne ko saheeh nahi samajhte. Haa’n agar koi aisee zaroorat ho jiske baghair koi chaara na ho, to aise haalaat mein koi harj nahi hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 695

 : Book 10, Hadith 89




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said to Abu-Dhar, "Listen and obey (your chief) even if he is an Ethiopian with a head like a raisin."


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne Hazrat Abu Zar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se farmaya ke ameer ka hukum suno, aur uski farma-bardaari karo agarche wo habshi ghulam ho jiska sar angoor ki tarah ho.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 696

 : Book 10, Hadith 90
 
*Ek (1) shakhs jo rajooliyat se mehroom ho, naa-mard, hijda 





  Baab 57: Agar Imam Aur Muqtadi Do (2) Hi Aadmi Ho’n to Muqtadi Imam Ki Daaee’n Jaanib Uske Bilkul Baraabar Khada Ho








Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

Once I passed the night in the house of my aunt Maimuna. Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) offered the 'Isha' prayer and then came to the house and offered four Rakat and slept. Later on, he woke up and stood for the prayer and I stood on his left side. He drew me to his right and prayed five Rakat and then two. He then slept till I heard him snoring (or heard his breath sounds). Afterwards, he went out for the morning prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine ek martaba apni khaala Hazrat Maimoona (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ke ghar raat basar ki. Rasool Allah (ﷺ) isha ki namaz se faraaghat ke baad ghar tashreef laae aur chaar (4) rakat namaz padhkar so gae. Baad-zaa’n (namaz ke liye) uthe to main bhi aap ki baaee’n jaanib khada ho gaya. Aap ne mujhe apni daaee’n jaanib khada kiya, phir paanch (5) rakate’n padhee’n. Uske baad do (2) rakat (sunnat-e-fajr) padhkar so gae, yahaa’n tak ke maine aapke kharaato’n ki awaaz suni. Phir aap subah ki namaz ke liye tashreef le gae.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 697

 : Book 10, Hadith 91




Baab 58: Jab Koi Imam Ki Baaee’n Jaanib Khada Ho Aur Imam Usey Apni Daaee’n Jaanib Pher De To Kisi Ki Namaz Faasid Nahi Hogi








Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

One night I slept at the house of (my aunt) Maimuna and the Prophet (ﷺ) was there a night. He performed ablution and stood up for the prayer. I joined him and stood on his left side but he drew me to his right and prayed thirteen Rakat and then slept till I heard his breath sounds. And whenever he slept, he used to breathe with audible sounds. The Mu'adhdhin came to the Prophet (ﷺ) and he went out and prayed the morning prayer) without repeating the ablution.


Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)

Main ek raat Hazrat Maimoona (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ke yahaa’n so gaya. Nabi (ﷺ) bhi us raat unke paas the. Aap ne wazoo farmaya, phir uthkar nafil padhne lagey. Main bhi aap ki baaee’n jaanib khada ho gaya. Aap ne mujhe pakda aur apni daaee’n jaanib kar diya. Aap terah (13) rakat padh kar so gae, yahaa’n tak ke aap kharaate lene lagey aur ye aap ki aadat thi ke jab sote to kharaate lete the. Uske baad moazzin aaya, aap tashreef le gae aur namaz padhaai aur wazoo na kiya.
Amr bin Haaris kehte hain ke maine jab Bakeer bin Abdullah se ye hadees li to usne Hazrat Kuraib se baraah-e-raast usey bayaan kiye.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 698

 : Book 10, Hadith 92





Baab 59: Jab Imam Imaamat Ki Niyyat Nahi Karta, Lekin Logo’n Ke Aane Par Jamaat Karaade To (Kya Hukum Hai?)







Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

Once I passed the night in the house of my aunt Maimuna. The Prophet (ﷺ) stood for the night prayer and I joined him and stood on his left side but he drew me to his right by holding me by the head.


Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)

Maine apni khala Hazrat Maimoona (razz) ke yahaa’n raat basar ki. Jab Nabi (ﷺ) raat ko namaz padhne ke liye khade hue to main bhi aapke saath baaee’n jaanib khada ho gaya. Aap ne mera sar pakada aur mujhe apni daaee’n jaanib khada kar liya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 699

 : Book 10, Hadith 93





Baab 60: Jab Imam Qirat Lambi Karde Aur Koi Zaroorat-mand Nikal Kar Akela Namaz Padhle







Narrated Mu'adh bin Jabal:

I used to pray the 'Isha prayer with the Prophet (ﷺ) and then go to lead my people in the prayer.


Hazrat Moaaz bin Jabal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ke saath isha ki namaz padhta, uske baad waapas lautkar apni qaum ki imaamat karaata.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 700

 : Book 10, Hadith 94
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
701, 705, 711, 6106 




Narrated 'Amr:

Jabir bin 'Abdullah said, "Mu'adh bin Jabal used to pray with the Prophet (ﷺ) and then go to lead his people in prayer Once he led the 'Isha' prayer and recited Surat "Al-Baqra." Somebody left the prayer and Mu'adh criticized him. The news reached the Prophet (ﷺ) and he said to Mu'adh, 'You are putting the people to trial,' and repeated it thrice (or said something similar) and ordered him to recite two medium Suras of Mufassal." 
('Amr said that he had forgotten the names of those Suras).


Ravi Hazrat Amr:

Hazrat Jaabir bin Abdullah (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, unho’n ne farmaya: Hazrat Moaaz bin Jabal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) Nabi (ﷺ) ke hamraah namaz (e isha) padhte the. Faraaghat ke baad waapas jaakar apni qaum ki imaamat karte. Ek roz unho’n ne namaz-e-isha mein Surah Baqara padhi to ek shakhs ne namaz todhkar chal diya. Hazrat Moaaz bin Jabal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) usey bura-bhala kete the. Ye khabar Nabi (ﷺ) ko pohonchi to aap ne (Hazrat Moaaz (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se) teen (3) dafa farmaya: فَتَّانٌ فَتَّانٌ فَتَّانٌ‏ “Fattaanun, fattaanun, fattaanun (fitna-parwar)”. 
Yaa ye farmaya: فَاتِنًا فَاتِنًا فَاتِنٌ “Faatinan, faatinan, faatinan (fitna-pardaaz)”. Phir aap ne unhe’n hukum diya ke ausaat-e-mufassil ki do (2) soorate’n padha karo.
(Raawi-e-hadees Amr kehte hain ke main unko bhool gaya hoo’n.)



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 701

 : Book 10, Hadith 95




Baab 61: Imam Ka Qiyaam Mein Takhfeef Lekin Rukoo Aur Sujood Ko Poora Adaa Karna







Narrated Abu Mas'ud:

A man came and said, "O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)! By Allah, I keep away from the morning prayer only because So and so prolongs the prayer when he leads us in it." 
The narrator said, "I never saw Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) was more furious in giving advice than he was at that time. 
He then said, "Some of you make people dislike good deeds (the prayer). So whoever among you leads the people in prayer should shorten it because among them are the weak, the old and the needy."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Masood Ansari (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Ek aadmi ne arz kiya: Alah ke Rasool (ﷺ)! Allah ki qasam! Main namaz-e-fajr mein falaa’n shakhs ki tawaalat ki wajah se peech reh jaata hoo’n. Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko kabhi naseehat ke waqt us din se ziyaada ghazabnaak nahi dekha. Uske baad aap ne farmaya: “Tum mein se kuch log doosro’n ko mutanaffir karte hain, lehza jo shakhs tum mein se logo’n ko namaz padhaae to ikhtesaar se kaam le, kyou’nke muqtadiyo’n mein kamzor, boodhe, aur zaroorat-mand bhi hote hain”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 702

 : Book 10, Hadith 96





Baab 62: Jab Koi Shakhs Tanha Namaz Padhe To Jis Qadar Chaahe Taweel Kar Sakta Hai







Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "If anyone of you leads the people in the prayer, he should shorten it for amongst them are the weak, the sick and the old; and if anyone among your prays alone then he may prolong (the prayer) as much as he wishes. "


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab tum mein se koi shakhs logo’n ko namaz padhaae to takfeef kare. Kyou’nke un mein kamzor, bimaar aur boodhe hote hain aur jab wo khud akela padhe to jis qadar chaahe tawaalat kare”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 703

 : Book 10, Hadith 97




Baab 63: Agar Koi Imam Qirat Lambi Kare To Doosra Uski Shikaayat Karde







Hazrat Abu Asyad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne apne bete se kaha ke toone hamari namaz ko taweel kar diya.


Narrated Abu Mas'ud:

A man came and said, "O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)! I keep away from the morning prayer because so-and-so (Imam) prolongs it too much." 
Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) became furious and I had never seen him more furious than he was on that day. 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "O people! Some of you make others dislike the prayer, so whoever becomes an Imam he should shorten the prayer, as behind him are the weak, the old and the needy.''


Ravi Hazrat Abu Masood Ansari (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek aadmi ne arz kiya: Allah ke Rasool! Main namaz-e-fajr se is liye peeche reh jaata hoo’n ke falaa’n shakhs us mein tawaalat karta hai. Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ye sun kar bohot naaraaz hue. Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko waaz karte waqt us din se ziyaada kabhi izhar-e-naaraazi karte hue nahi dekha. 
Phir aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Aye logo! Tum mein se kuch doosro’n ki nafrat ka baais bante hain, lehaaza tum mein se jo shakhs namaz padhaae to usey ikhtesaar se kaam lena chaahiye, kyou’nke uske peeche kamzor, natawaa’n, boodhe aur zaroorat-mand bhi hote hain”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 704

 : Book 10, Hadith 98 


Narrated Jabir bin 'Abdullah Al-Ansari:

Once a man was driving two Nadihas (camels used for agricultural purposes) and night had fallen. He found Mu'adh praying so he made his camel kneel and joined Mu'adh in the prayer. The latter recited Surat 'Al Baqara" or Surat "An-Nisa", (so) the man left the prayer and went away. When he came to know that Mu'adh had criticized him, he went to the Prophet (ﷺ) and complained against Mu'adh. 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said thrice, "O Mu'adh ! Are you putting the people to trial?" 
It would have been better if you had recited "Sabbih Isma Rabbika-l-a-la (87)", Wash-Shamsi wadu-haha (91)", or "Wal-laili Idha yaghsha (92)", for the old, the weak and the needy pray behind you." Jabir said that Mu'adh recited Sura Al-Baqara in the 'Isha' prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Jabir bin Abdullah Ansari (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek shakhs aab-paashi* ke do (2) oont le kar aaya jabke raat kaafi guzar chuki thi. Ittefaaqan Hazrat Moaaz (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) namaz padha rahe the. Usne apne oont bithae aur Hazrat Moaaz (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki taraf namaz ke liye chala aaya. Unho’n ne Surah Baqara yaa Surah Nisa padhni shuru kardi, chunache wo shakhs waha’n se chala gaya aur usey maaloom hua ke Hazrat Moaaz ne uske mutaalliq koi takleef-deh baat kahi hai. 
Wo shakhs Nabi (ﷺ) ke paas aaya aur aapse Hazrat Moaaz (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki shikaayat ki, to Aap ne teen (3) martaba farmaya: “Aye Moaaz! Kya tu fitna-parwar yaa fitna-angez hai?
Toone “بِسَبِّحِ اسْمَ رَبِّكَ",(91) "وَالشَّمْسِ وَضُحَاهَا",(87)"وَاللَّيْلِ إِذَا يَغْشَى” ke saath namaz kyou’n nahi padhaai. Jake tere peeche umar-raseeda, natawaa’n, aur zaroorat-mand log namaz padhte hain”. (Shu’ba kehte hain) Mere gumaan ke mutaaibq aakhri jumla bhi hadees ka hissa hai.

(Imam Bukhari (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) farmate hain ke ye hadees bayan karne mein) Saeed bin Masrooq, Mis-ar aur Shaibaani ne Hazrat Shu’ba ki mataabe-at ki hai. Amr bin Dinar, Obaidullah bin Miqsam aur Abu Zubair ne Hazrat Jabir (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se is riwayat ko baae’n-alfaaz bayan kiya hai ke Hazrat Moaaz (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne namaz-e-isha mein Surah Baqara tilaawat ki thi, ne Muharib se bayan karne mein Imam Amash ne bhi Shu’ba ki mataabe-at ki hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 705

 : Book 10, Hadith 99
 
*Paudo’n ya kheton ki seenchaai, paani ka chidkaao, paani daalne





Baab 64: Namaz Mein Ikhtesaar Ke Ba-wujood Usey Poore Taur Par Adaa Karna







Narrated Anas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) used to pray a short prayer (in congregation) but used to offer it in a perfect manner.


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) namaz ko mukhtasar padhte aur usey mukammal bhi karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 706

 : Book 10, Hadith 100 





Baab 65: Us Shakhs Ka Bayan Jo Bacche Ke Rone Ki Awaaz Sun Kar Namaz Ko Mukhtasar Karde







Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abi Qatada:

My father said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'When I stand for prayer, I intend to prolong it but on hearing the cries of a child, I cut it short, as I dislike to trouble the child's mother.' "


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Main namaz shuru karta hoo’n to usey tool-dena (taweel) chaahta hoo’n, phir main bacche ke rone ki awaaz suntan hoo’n to namaz ko mukhtasar kar deta hoo’n. Usko naa-pasand karte hue ke us (bacche) ki maa’n ko takleef mein mubtalaa karu’n”.

Bashar bin Bakar, Ibne Mubarak aur baqiya ne Imam Auzaai se is riwayat ko bayan karne mein Waleed bin Muslim ki mataabe-at ki hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 707

 : Book 10, Hadith 101
 
: Also see Hadith No. 868
 




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

I never prayed behind any Imam a prayer lighter and more perfect than that behind the Prophet (ﷺ) and he used to cut short the prayer whenever he heard the cries of a child lest he should put the child's mother to trial.


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine kisi imam ke peeche namaz nahi padhi jo Nabi (ﷺ) se ziyada mukhtasar aur usey mukammal taur par adaa karne waala ho. Beshak aap bacche ka girya (Rona) sun kar namaz ko halka kar dete the, mabaada uski maa’n pareshan ho jaae.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 708

 : Book 10, Hadith 102




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "When I start the prayer I intend to prolong it, but on hearing the cries of a child, I cut short the prayer because I know that the cries of the child will incite its mother's passions."


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Allah ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Main namaz ke aghaaz ke waqt usey tool dene ka iraada karta hoo’n, lekin bacche ka rona sun kar usey mukhtasar kar deta hoo’n. Kyou’nke mujhe maaloom hai ke bacche ke rone se uski maa ko pareshani aur tashweesh laahiq hogi”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 709

 : Book 10, Hadith 103
 
: Also see Hadith No. 710 




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ), said, "Whenever I start the prayer I intend to prolong it, but on hearing the cries of a child, I cut short the prayer because I know that the cries of the child will incite its mother's passions."


Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Maine namaz shuru karte waqt usey tool dene ka iraada karta hoo’n, lekin bacche ke rone ki awaaz sun kar usey mukhtasar kar deta hoo’n, kyou’nke uske rone se main mehsoos karta hoo’n ke maa ki mamta tadap jaaegi”.
(Raawi-e-hadees) Moosa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne kaha ke ham se Abaan ne hadees bayan ki, usse Qatada ne, phir usne Hazrat Anas se usey bayan kiya. Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) Nabi (ﷺ) se usi tarah bayan karte hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 710

 : Book 10, Hadith 104





Baab 66: Jab Khud Namaz Padh Chuka Ho, Phir Logo’n Ki Imaamat Karaae (To Uska Kya Hukum Hai?)







Narrated Jabir bin 'Abdullah:

Mu'adh used to pray with the Prophet (ﷺ) and then go and lead his people (tribe) in the prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Jabir (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Hazrat Moaaz (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) Nabi (ﷺ) ke hamraah namaz padhte phir apni qaum ke paas jaate aur unhe’n namaz padhaate the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 711

 : Book 10, Hadith 105





Baab 67: Jo Logo’n Ko Imam Ki Takbeer Sunaae






Wazaahat: Agar imam ki awaaz kisi wajah se pasth (Dheema) ho yaa muqtadi ziyaada ho’n to imam ki takbiraat logo’n tak pohochaane ke liye kisi ko bataur-e-mukabbir muqarrar kiya jaa sakta hai. Lekin speaker ki maujoodgi mein aaj uski zaroorat nahi hai.




Narrated 'Aisha:

When the Prophet (ﷺ), became ill in his fatal illness, Someone came to inform him about the prayer, and the Prophet (ﷺ) told him to tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer. 
I said, "Abu Bakr is a softhearted man and if he stands for the prayer in your place, he would weep and would not be able to recite the Qur'an." 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Tell Abu Bakr to lead the prayer." 
I said the same as before. He (repeated the same order and) on the third or the fourth time he said, "You are the companions of Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the prayer." 
So Abu Bakr led the prayer and meanwhile the Prophet (ﷺ) felt better and came out with the help of two men; as if I see him just now dragging his feet on the ground. When Abu Bakr saw him, he tried to retreat but the Prophet (ﷺ) beckoned him to carry on. Abu Bakr retreated a bit and the Prophet (ﷺ) sat on his (left) side. Abu Bakr was repeating the Takbir (Allahu Akbar) of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) for the people to hear.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Jab Nabi (ﷺ) marz-e-wafat mein mubtalaa hue to aap ke paas Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) namaz ki ittela dene ke liye aae. 
Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Abu Bakar se kaho wo logo’n ko namaz padha de’n”. 
Maine arz kiya ke Abu Bakar ek naram-dil aadmi hain, agar aap ki jagah khade ho’nge to rone lage’nge aur qirat par qaadir nahi ho’nge. 
Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se kaho ke wo namaz padhaae’n”. 
Maine phir wohi arz kiya to aap ne teesri yaa chauthi martaba farmaya: “Tum to Yusuf (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) waali aurto’n ki misl ho. Abu Bakar se kaho ke wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n”. Chunache Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne namaz padhana shuru ki to Nabi (ﷺ) do (2) admiyo’n ke sahaare baahar tashreef laae. Goya main us waqt bhi aap ki taraf dekh rahi hoo’n ke aapke dono paao’n zameen par ghaseet-te jaate the. Jab Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne aapko dekha to peeche hatne lagey, magar Aap (ﷺ) ne ishare se farmaya ke namaz padhate raho, lekin Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) kuch peeche hat gae, aur Nabi (ﷺ) unke pehlu mein baith gae. Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) logo’n ko aap ki takbiraat sunaate the.
Muhaazir ne Imam Amash se riwayat karne mein Abdullah bin Dawood ki mataabe-at ki hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 712

 : Book 10, Hadith 106





Baab 68: Ek Shakhs Imam Ki Iqteda Kare Aur Baaqi Muqtadi Us Shakhs Ki Iqteda Kare’n







Nabi (ﷺ) se manqool hai ke aap ne farmaya: “Tum log meri iqteda karo aur tumhare baad waale tumhari iqteda kare’n”.


Narrated 'Aisha:

When Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) became seriously ill, Bilal came to him for prayer. 
He said, "Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer." 
I said, "O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)! Abu Bakr is a soft-hearted man and if he stands in your place, he would not be able to make the people hear him. Will you order 'Umar (to lead the prayer)?" 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer." 
Then I said to Hafsa, "Tell him, Abu Bakr is a soft-hearted man and if he stands in his place, he would not be able to make the people hear him. 
Would you order 'Umar to lead the prayer?' " Hafsa did so. 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Verily you are the companions of Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer." 
So Abu- Bakr stood for the prayer. In the meantime, Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) felt better and came out with the help of two persons and both of his legs were dragging on the ground till he entered the mosque.
When Abu Bakr heard him coming, he tried to retreat but Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) beckoned him to carry on.
The Prophet (ﷺ) sat on his left side. Abu Bakr was praying while standing and Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) was leading the prayer while sitting. Abu Bakr was following the Prophet (ﷺ) and the people were following Abu Bakr (in the prayer).


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Jab Rasool Allah (ﷺ) bimaar hue to Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) aapke paas namaz ki ittela dene ke liye haazir hue. Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Abu Bakar se kaho wo logo’n ko namaz padha de’n”. 
Maine kaha: Allah ke Rasool (ﷺ)! Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ek naram-dil insan hain, is liye jab wo aap ki jagah par khade ho’nge to logo’n ko apni awaaz na suna sake’nge. Agar aap Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko hukum de’n (to behtar hai). Aap ne farmaya: “Abu Bakar se kaho wo logo’n ko namaz padha de’n”. 
Maine Hazrat Hafsa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) se kaha ke aap arz kare’n ke Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ek naram-dil insan hain. Is liye jab wo aap ki jagah par khade ho’nge to logo’n ko apni awaaz na suna sake’nge. Lehaza agar aap Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko hukum de’n (to behtar hai). 
Aap ne farmaya: “Tum to Yusuf (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) ke saath waali aurte’n maaloom hoti ho. Abu Bakar se kaho wo logo’n ko namaz padha de’n”. Jab Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne namaz ka aghaaz kar diya to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne apne andar kuch takhfeef mehsoos farmaai, chunache aap khade hue aur do (2) admiyo’n ke sahare chal pade. Aapke dono paao’n zameen par ghaseet-te jaate the, ta-aa’nke aap masjid mein dakhil hue. Jab Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne aap ki aahat suni to peeche hatne lagey. Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne unhe’n ishaara farmaya: (Ke peeche na hate’n). Bahar-haal Rasool Allah (ﷺ) Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki baae’n jaanib baith gae. Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) khade ho kar namaz padh rahe the, jabke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) baith kar namaz adaa karte the. (Goya) Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki iqteda karte the aur log Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki iqteda mein the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 713

 : Book 10, Hadith 107



Baab 69: Jab Imam Ko Shak Guzre To Kya Wo Logo’n Ki Baat Par Amal Kar Sakta Hai?







Narrated Abu Huraira:

Once Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) prayed two Rakat (instead of four) and finished his prayer. Dhu-l-yadain asked him whether the prayer had been reduced or whether he had forgotten. Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) asked the people whether Dhu-l-yadain was telling the truth. The people replied in the affirmative. Then Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) stood up, offered the remaining two Rakat and then finished his prayer with Taslim and then said, "Allahu Akbar." He followed it with two prostrations like ordinary prostrations or a bit longer.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) (chaar (4) rakat waali namaz mein) do (2) rakat padhkar alaaheda ho gae. Aap se Dhul-yadain (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne arz kiya: Yaa Rasool Allah! Kya namaz kam ho gai hai, yaa aap bhool gae hain? 
Allah ke Rasool (ﷺ) ne logo’n se poocha: “Kya Dhul-yadain sach kehta hai?” 
Logo’n ne “haa’n” mein jawab diya to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) khade ho gae aur do (2) rakat mazeed padh lee’n, phir salaam phera, uske baad takbeer kehkar sajde mein chale gae. Ye sajde pehle sajdo’n ki tarah the, yaa unse kuch taweel the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 714

 : Book 10, Hadith 108




Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed two Rakat of Zuhr prayer (instead of four) and he was told that he had prayed two Rakat only. Then he prayed two more Rakat and finished them with the Taslim followed by two prostrations.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne (ek (1) dafa) zohar ki namaz do (2) rakat padh di. Aapse kaha gaya ke aap ne do (2) rakat padhi hain. Uske baad aap ne do (2) rakat aur padh lee’n, phir salaam pher kar do (2) sajde (sahoo) kiye.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 715

 : Book 10, Hadith 109





Baab 70: Jab Imam Namaz Mein Rone Lagey (To Kya Hukum Hai?)







Hazrat Abdullah bin Shaddad kehte hain ke maine dauran-e-namaz mein Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke rone ki awaaz suni, halaa’nke main sabse pichli saff mein tha. Aap ye aayat-e-karima tilaawat kar rahe the: “Main Apne Gham Aur Pareshani Ki Shikaayat Sirf Allah Hi Se Karta Hoo’n”. [Surah Yusuf: 86]




Narrated 'Aisha:

the mother of the faithful believers: Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) in his last illness said, "Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer." 
I said, "If Abu Bakr stood in your place, he would not be able to make the people hear him owing to his weeping. So please order 'Umar to lead the prayer." 
He said, "Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer." 
I said to Hafsa, "Say to him, 'Abu Bakr is a softhearted man and if he stood in your place he would not be able to make the people hear him owing to his weeping. 
So order 'Umar to lead the people in the prayer.' " 
Hafsa did so but Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Keep quiet. 
Verily you are the companions of (Prophet (ﷺ)) Joseph. Tell Abu Bakr to lead the people in the prayer." 
Hafsa said to me, "I never got any good from you."


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne apni marz (e wafat) mein farmaya: “Abu Bakar se kaho wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n”. Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) kehti hain: Maine aap se arz kiya ke Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) jab aap ki jagah khade ho’nge to rone ki wajah se logo’n ko apni awaaz nahi suna sake’nge. Is liye aap Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko hukum deejiye ke wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n. Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Abu Bakar se kaho wo logo’n ko namaz padhae’n”. 
Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) kehti hain: Maine Hazrat Hafsa se kaha ke tum Nabi (ﷺ) se arz karo ke jab Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) aap ki jagah khade ho’nge to rone ki wajah se logo’n ko apni qirat nahi suna sake’nge. Lehaza aap Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko hukum deejiye ke wo logo’n ko namaz padhaae’n. Chunache Hazrat Hafsa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne aise hi kiya, to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Chup raho! Tum to Yusuf (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) waali aurto’n ki tarah maaloom hoti ho. Abu Bakar se kaho wo logo’n ko namaz padhae’n”. 
Is par Hazrat Hafsa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) se kaha ke maine kabhi tujh se bhalaai nahi paai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 716

 : Book 10, Hadith 110





Baab 71: Iqaamat Ke Waqt Yaa Uske Baad Safo’n Ko Seedha Karna







Narrated An-Nu'man bin 'Bashir:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Straighten your rows or Allah will alter your faces."


Ravi Hazrat Noman bin Bahseer (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Apni safo’n ko zaroor seedha karo, ba-soorat-e-deegar Allah Ta’ala tumhare chehro’n mein mukhalifat paida kar de ga”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 717

 : Book 10, Hadith 111




Narrated Anas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Straighten your rows, for I see you from behind my back.'


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Safo’n ko theek aur durust rakho, main tumhe’n apni peeth ke peeche se bhi dekhta hoo’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 718

 : Book 10, Hadith 112
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
719, 725 





Baab 72: Safo’n Ko Baraabar Karte Waqt Imam Ka Logo’n Ki Taraf Mutawajja Hona







Narrated Anas bin Malik:

Once the Iqama was pronounced and Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) faced us and said, "Straighten your rows and stand closer together, for I see you from behind my back.'


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek dafa namaz ke liye iqaamat kahi gai, to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne hamari taraf mutawajja ho kar farmaya: “Apni safo’n ko durust karlo aur baaham milkar khade ho jaaeo. Kyou’nke main tumhe’n apni peeth ke peeche se bhi dekhta hoo’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 719

 : Book 10, Hadith 113





Baab 73: Saff-e-Awwal Ka Bayan






Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Martyrs are those who die because of drowning, plague, an abdominal disease, or of being buried alive by a falling building." 
And then he (ﷺ) added, "If the people knew the Reward for the Zuhr prayer in its early time, they would race for it. If they knew the reward for the 'Isha' and the Fajr prayers in the congregation, they would join them even if they had to crawl. If they knew the reward for the first row, they would draw lots for it."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Shohada ye log hain: Jo doob kar marey, jo pait ke marz mein mubtalaa ho kar faut ho jaae, jo taaoon mein chal basey, aur jo deewaar ke neeche dabkar is jahaan se rukhsat ho jaae”.
Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Agar logo’n ko ilm ho ke sakht garmi yaa awwal waqt mein namaz padhne ki kya fazilat hai, to usey adaa karne ke liye daud lagaae’n aur agar wo jaan le’n ke isha aur subah ki namaz mein kya sawaab hai, to yaqeenan un mein shareek ho’n, agarche unhe’n ghutno’n ke bal chalkar aana pade. Aur agar unhe’n maaloom ho ke pehli saff mein kya fazilat hai to uske husool ke liye zaroor qura-andaazi* kare’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 720, 721

 : Book 10, Hadith 114
 
*Faisla mushkin hone ki soorat mein kisi ek (1) shakhs ke taayyun ke liye parcho’n
    par naam likh kar daalne ka amal, taake jis shakhs ke naam ki parchi nikal aae usi
    ko falaan cheez di jaae ya falaan kaam sonpa jaae





Baab 74: Saff Ka Durust Karna Namaz Ka Poora Karna Hai








Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Imam is (appointed) to be followed. So do not differ from him, bow when he bows, and say, "Rabbana-lakal hamd" if he says "Sami`a l-lahu liman hamidah"; and if he prostrates, prostrate (after him), and if he prays sitting, pray sitting all together, and straighten the rows for the prayer, as the straightening of the rows is amongst those things which make your prayer a correct and perfect one.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Imam is liye banaaya jaata hai ke uski iqteda ki jaae. Lehaza usse ikhtelaaf na karo, jab wo rukoo kare to tum bhi rukoo karo aur jab wo “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” “Sami Allahu Liman Hamida” kahe to tum “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” “Rabbana Lakal Hamdu” kaho. Jab wo sajda kare to tum bhi sajda karo, aur jab wo baith kar namaz padhe to sab ke sab baith kar namaz adaa karo. Nez, namaz mein safo’n ko seedha karo kyou’nke saff ka durust karna namaz ki khoobi ka ek juzz hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 722

 : Book 10, Hadith 115
 
: Also see Hadith No. 734




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Straighten your rows as the straightening of rows is essential for perfect and correct prayer. "


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Safo’n ko baraabar karo, kyou’nke safo’n ka baraabar karna namaz ka qaaem karna hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 723

 : Book 10, Hadith 116



Baab 75: Us Shakhs Ke Gunah Ka Bayaan Jo Saff-bandi Nahi Karta







Narrated Anas bin Malik:

I arrived at Medina and was asked whether I found any change since the days of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ). 
I said, "I have not found any change except that you do not stand in alignment in your prayers."


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Wo madina tashreef laae to unse kaha gaya: Aap ne (ham mein) kaunsi mukar baat mehsoos ki hai, jo aap ne Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke ahd-e-mubarak mein na dekhi ho? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Main aur to koi khilaaf warzi nahi dekhta, albatta tum namaz mein apni safe’n durust nahi karte ho.

Uqba bin Obaid ne Bushair bin Yasaar se baae’n-alfaaz ye riwayat bayan ki hai: Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ham logo’n ke paas jab madina tashreef laae… 



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 724

 : Book 10, Hadith 117





Baab 76: Saff-bandi Karte Waqt Kandhe Se Kandha Aur Paao’n Se Paao’n Milaana







Hazrat Noman bin Basheer (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) farmate hain: Maine dekha ke ham mein se har shakhs dauran-e-namaz mein apna takhna apne saath waale aadmi ke takhne se milaa deta tha.




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Straighten your rows for I see you from behind my back." 
Anas added, "Everyone of us used to put his shoulder with the shoulder of his companion and his foot with the foot of his companion."


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne ek (1) martaba logo’n ki taraf mutawajja ho kar farmaya: “Safo’n ko seedha karo”. Aap ne teen (3) dafa in alfaaz ko dohraya: “Allah ki qasam! Safo’n ko seedha rakho, ba-soorat-e-deegar Allah Ta’ala tumhare dilo’n mein mukhalifat paida kar de ga”.
Hazrat Anas kehte hain ke uske baad maine dekha, aadmi apne kandhe ko apne saathi ke kandhe se aur apna takhna apne saathi ke takhne se milakar khada hota tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 725

 : Book 10, Hadith 118
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
Sunan Abu Dawood: As Salah: H662 





Baab 77: Agar Ko Shakhs Imam Ki Baaee’n Jaanib Khada Ho Aur Imam Usey Apne Peeche Se Daaee’n Jaanib Pher De To Uski Namaz Saheeh Hogi








Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

I prayed with the Prophet (ﷺ) one night and stood on his left side. Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) caught hold of my head from behind and drew me to his right and then offered the prayer and slept. Later the Mu'adhdhin came and the Prophet (ﷺ) stood up for prayer without performing ablution.


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine ek raat Nabi (ﷺ) ke hamraah namaz padhi. Main aap ki baae’n jaanib khada ho gaya to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne peeche se mera sar pakad kar mujhe apni daaee’n jaanib khada kar diya, phir namaz padhi aur so gae. Jab moazzin aaya to aap khade hue, namaz padhai aur wazoo nahi kiya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 726

 : Book 10, Hadith 119





Baab 78: Akeli Aurat, Saff Ka Hukum Rakhti Hai






Narrated Anas bin Malik:

One night an orphan and I offered the prayers behind the Prophet (ﷺ) in my house and my mother (Um Sulaim) was standing behind us (by herself forming a row).


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine aur hamaare ghar mein rehne waale ek yateem ladke ne Nabi (ﷺ) ke peeche namaz padhi. Meri walida Umme Sulaim ham sabke peeche thee’n.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 727

 : Book 10, Hadith 120





Baab 79: Masjid Aur Imam Ki Daae’n Jaanib Ka Bayan






Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

One night I stood to the left of the Prophet (ﷺ) in the prayer but he caught hold of me by the hand or by the shoulder (arm) till he made me stand on his right and beckoned with his hand (for me) to go from behind (him). (Al-Kashmaihani-Fateh al-Bari).


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Main ek shab namaz padhne ke liye Nabi (ﷺ) ki baaee’n jaanib khada ho gaya. Aap ne mera haath yaa kandha pakad kar mujhe apni daaee’n jaanib khada kar liya aur mere peeche hi se apne haath se mujhe pakda.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 728

 : Book 10, Hadith 121 





Baab 80: Jab Imam Aur Muqtadiyo’n Ke Darmiyan Koi Deewaar Yaa Parda Haael Ho







Hasan Basri (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) ka qaul hai ke agar tumhare aur imam ke darmiyan koi neher haael* ho to bhi iqteda karo us mein koi harj nahi. Aur Abu Mijlaz ne kaha ke imam ki iqteda karo, agarche imam aur muqtadi ke darmiyan koi raasta yaa deewaar ho, ba-sharte-ke imam ki takbeer sunaai deti ho.

*Beech mein aane waala, rokne waala, Aad, rok




Narrated 'Aisha:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to pray in his room at night. As the wall of the room was LOW, the people saw him and some of them stood up to follow him in the prayer. In the morning they spread the news.
The following night the Prophet (ﷺ) stood for the prayer and the people followed him. This went on for two or three nights. Thereupon Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) did not stand for the prayer the following night and did not come out. In the morning, the people asked him about it. He replied, that he was afraid that the night prayer might become compulsory.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) namaz-e-tahajjud apne hujre mein padha karte the. Choo’nke hujre ki deewaare’n bohot choti thee’n, is liye logo’n ne Nabi (ﷺ) ki shkhsiyat ko dekh liya aur kuch log namaz ki iqteda karne ke liye aapke saath khade ho gae. Phir subah ko unho’n ne doosro’n se uska zikr kiya. Baad-azaa’n doosri raat namaz ke liye khade hue to kuch log us raat bhi aap ki iqteda mein khade ho gae. Ye soorat-e-haal do (2) yaa teen (3) raato’n tak rahi. Uske baad Rasool Allah (ﷺ) baith rahe aur namaz ke liye tashreef na laae. Uske baad subah ke waqt logo’n ne uska zikr kiya to aap ne farmaya: “Mujhe is baat ka dar hua ke kahee’n namaz-e-shab tum par farz na kardi jaae”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 729

 : Book 10, Hadith 122 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
730, 924, 1129, 2011, 2012, 5861 





Baab 81: Namaz-e-Shab Ka Bayan






Narrated 'Aisha:

The Prophet (ﷺ) had a mat which he used to spread during the day and use as a curtain at night. So a number of people gathered at night facing it and prayed behind him.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Nabi (ﷺ) ki ek chataai thi, jise aap din ke waqt bicha lete aur raat ko uska hujra bana lete the. Kuch log aap ke paas jama hone lagey aur unho’n ne aapke peeche (saff banakar) namaz padhna shuru kardi.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 730

 : Book 10, Hadith 123




Narrated Zaid bin Thabit:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) made a small room in the month of Ramadan (Sa'id said, "I think that Zaid bin Thabit said that it was made of a mat") and he prayed there for a few nights, and so some of his companions prayed behind him. When he came to know about it, he kept on sitting. In the morning, he went out to them and said, "I have seen and understood what you did. You should pray in your houses, for the best prayer of a person is that which he prays in his house except for the compulsory prayers."


Ravi Hazrat Zaid bin Saabit (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne ramzan-ul-mubarak mein ek hujra banaaya tha, mera guman hai ke wo chataai ka tha. Aap ne kai raate’n us mein namaz padhi. Aap ke sahaaba mein se kai logo’n ne aap ki iqteda mein namaz adaa ki. Jab aapko unke mutaalliq maaloom hua to aap baith rahe. Ohir unki taraf tashreef laae aur farmaya: “Maine tumhara amal dekha aur tumhara iraada pehchan liya hai. Aye logo! Apne gharo’n mein namaz padho kyou’nke Afzal namaz aadmi ki wohi hai jo uske ghar mein adaa ho, magar farz namaz (ke uski adaaegi masjid mein honi chaahiye)”.

Affan bin Muslim ne kaha ke ham se Wuhaib ne bayan kiya, usne kaha ke ham se Moosa bin Uqba ne bayan kiya, usne bataaya ke maine Abu Nazar bin Abu Umaiyya se suna, wo Busr bin Saeed se riwayat karte hain, wo Hazrat Zaid (bin Saabit (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)) se, wo Nabi (ﷺ) se bayan karte hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 731

 : Book 10, Hadith 124
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
6113, 7290 



Baab 82: Takbeer-e-Tehrima Ka Wujoob Aur Namaz Ke Aghaz Ka Bayan







Narrated Anas bin Malik Al-Ansari:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) rode a horse and fell down and the right side of his body was injured. On that day he prayed one of the prayers sitting and we also prayed behind him sitting. When the Prophet (ﷺ) finished the prayer with Taslim, he said, "The Imam is to be followed and if he prays standing then pray standing, and bow when he bows, and raise your heads when he raises his head; prostrate when he prostrates; and if he says "Sami'a-l-lahu Liman hamida", you should say, "Rabbana wa-laka-l hamd".


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ek martaba ghode par sawaar hue (aur gir pade) to aap ki baaee’n jaanib kuch zakhmi ho gai. Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) kehte hain ke hame’n un dono aapne namazo’n mein se jo namaz bhi padhaai wo baith kar padhaai. Ham ne bhi aapke peeche baith kar namaz padhi. Phir jab aap ne salaam phera to farmaya: “Imam is liye banaaya jaata hai ke uski iqteda ki jaae, lehza jab wo khade ho kar namaz padhe to tum bhi khade ho kar namaz padho, jab wo rukoo kare to tum bhi rukoo karo, jab wo sar uthaae to tum bhi uthaao, jab wo sajda kare to tum bhi sajda karo aur jab wo “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ ” “Sami Allahu Liman Hamida” kahe to tum “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” “Rabbana Lakal Hamdu” kaho”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 732

 : Book 10, Hadith 125




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) fell from a horse and got injured so he led the prayer sitting and we also prayed sitting. When he completed the prayer he said, "The Imam is to be followed; if he says Takbir then say Takbir, bow if he bows; raise your heads when he raises his head, when he says, 'Sami' a-l-lahu Liman hamida say, 'Rabbana laka-l-hamd', and prostrate when he prostrates."


Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)

Ek martaba Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ghode se gir pade to jism par kharashe’n aaee’n. Us wajah se aap ne hame’n baith kar namaz padhaai to ham ne bhi aapke hamraah baith kar namaz padhi. Jab aap namaz se faarigh hue to farmaya: “Imam is liye banaaya jaata hai ke uski iqteda ki jaae, jab wo Allahu Akbar kahe to tum bhi Allahu Akbar kaho, jab wo rukoo kare to tum bhi rukoo karo. Jab wo sar uthaae to tum bhi uthaao, jab wo “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” “Sami Allahu Liman Hamida” kahe to tum “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” “Rabbana Lakal Hamdu” kaho. Aur jab wo sajda kare to tum bhi sajda karo”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 733

 : Book 10, Hadith 126 




Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "The Imam is to be followed. Say the Takbir when he says it; bow if he bows; if he says 'Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida', say, ' Rabbana wa-laka-l-hamd', prostrate if he prostrates and pray sitting altogether if he prays sitting."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Imam isi liye banaaya jaata hai ke uski iqteda ki jaae. Lehaza jab wo Allahu Akbar keh to tum bhi Allahu Akbar kaho. Jab wo rukoo kare to tum bhi rukoo karo, aur jab wo “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” “Sami Allahu Liman Hamida” kahe to tum “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” “Rabbana Lakal Hamdu” kaho”. Jab wo sajda kare to tum bhi sajda karo aur jab wo baith kar namaz padhe to tum bhi baith kar namaz padho.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 734

 : Book 10, Hadith 127





Baab 83: Takbeer-e-Oola Mein Namaz Shuru Karne Ke saath Hi Dono Haatho’n Ko Uthaana







Narrated Salim bin 'Abdullah bin Umar:

My father said, "Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to raise both his hands up to the level of his shoulders when opening the prayer; and on saying the Takbir for bowing. And on raising his head from bowing he used to do the same and then say "Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida, Rabbana walaka-l-hamd." And he did not do that (i.e. raising his hands) in prostrations.


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) jab namaz shuru karte to apne dono haath apne kandho’n ke baraabar uthaate. Jab rukoo ke liye Allahu Akbar kehte, jab apna sar rukoo se uthaate tab bhi apne dono haath usi tarah uthaate aur “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” “Sami Allahu Liman Hamida”, “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” “Rabbana Lakal Hamdu” (dono) kehte. Lekin sajdo’n mein ye amal na karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 735

 : Book 10, Hadith 128
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
736, 738, 739 





Baab 84: Takbeer-e-Tehrima Ke Waqt, Rukoo Mein Jaate Aur Rukoo Se Sar Uthaate Waqt Raful Yadain Karna







Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Umar:

I saw that whenever Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) stood for the prayer, he used to raise both his hands up to the shoulders, and used to do the same on saying the Takbir for bowing and on raising his head from it and used to say, "Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida". But he did not do that (i.e. raising his hands) in prostrations.


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko dekha jab aap namaz ke liye khade hote the, to doono haath kandho’n ke barabar uthaate the, aur us tarah jab rukoo ke liye Allahu Akbar kehte. Nez jab aap rukoo se sar uthaate to bhi usi tarah karte aur “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” “Sami Allahu Liman Hamida” kehte. Aur sajdo’n mein aap ye amal na karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 736

 : Book 10, Hadith 129




Narrated Abu Qilaba:

I saw Malik bin Huwairith saying Takbir and raising both his hands (on starting the prayers and raising his hands on bowing and also on raising his head after bowing. Malik bin Huwairith said, "Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) did the same."


Ravi Abu Qilaba:

Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) jab namaz shuru karte to Allahu Akbar kehte waqt apne dono haath uthaate aur jab rukoo karna chaahte to bhi apne dono’n haath uthaate aur jab rukoo se apna sar uthaate to apne dono haath uthaate aur wo bayan karte ke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne isi tarah kiya tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 737

 : Book 10, Hadith 130





Baab 85: Namazi Kaha’n Tak Apne Haatho’n Ko Uthaae?






Hazrat Abu Humaid Saa’di (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne apne saathiyo’n mein baith kar bayan kiya ke Nabi (ﷺ) apne dono’n haath kandho’n ke baraabar uthaate the.




Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Umar:

I saw Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) opening the prayer with the Takbir and raising his hands to the level of his shoulders at the time of saying the Takbir, and on saying the Takbir for bowing he did the same; and when he said, "Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida ", he did the same and then said, "Rabbana wa laka-lhamd." But he did not do the same on prostrating and on lifting the head from it."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine Nabi (ﷺ) ko dekha, aap ne namaz ke aghaaz mein Allahu Akbar kaha. Takbeer kehte waqt aap ne apne dono haath is qadar uthaae ke unhe’n apne dono kaandho’n ke baraabar kar liya. Jab aap ne rukoo ke liye Allahu Akbar kaha to bhi aisa kiya. Jab “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” “Sami Allahu Liman Hamida” kaha tab bhi isi tarah kiya aur “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” “Rabbana Lakal Hamdu” bhi kaha. Aap ye amal sajda karte waqt nahi karte the, aur us waqt jab sajde se sar uthaate the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 738

 : Book 10, Hadith 131





Baab 86: Do (2) Rakato’n Se Khade Hote Waqt Ka Bayan






Narrated Nafi':

Whenever Ibn 'Umar started the prayer with Takbir, he used to raise his hands: whenever he bowed, he used to raise his hands (before bowing) and also used to raise his hands on saying, "Sami a-l-lahu Liman hamida", and he used to do the same on rising from the second Rak'a (for the 3rd Rak'a). Ibn 'Umar said: "The Prophet (ﷺ) used to do the same."


Ravi Nafi':

Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) jab namaz shuru karte to Allahu Akbar kehte aur apne dono haath uthaate. Jab rukoo karte, tab bhi apne dono haath uthaate. Aur jab “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” “Sami Allahu Liman Hamida” kehte to bhi apne dono haath uthaate aur jab do (2) rakat adaa karke khade hote to bhi apne dono haath uthaate the. Mazkoora bayan ko Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne Nabi (ﷺ) ki taraf mansoob kiya hai.
Is riwayat ko Hammad bin Salma, Hazrat Ayyub se, wo Hazrat Naafe se, wo Ibne Umar se, aur Ibne Umar Nabi (ﷺ) se bayan karte hain. Isi tarah Ibne Tahmaan ne is riwayat ko mukhtasar taur par Ayyub aur Moosa bin Uqba se bayan kiya hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 739

 : Book 10, Hadith 132





Baab 87: Namaz Mein Daaya’n Haath Baae’n Par Rakhna






Narrated Sahl bin Sa'd:

The people were ordered to place the right hand on the left forearm in the prayer. Abu Hazim said, "I knew that the order was from the Prophet (ﷺ) ."


Ravi Hazrat Sahal bin Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Logo’n ko ye hukum diya jaata tha ke aadmi namaz mein apna daayaa’n haath baae’n haath ki kalaai par rakhe. Abu Haazim, raawi ne kaha ke wo (Hazrat Sahal bin Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)) is hukum ko Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki taraf mansoob karte the. 

(Ek (1) aur raawi-e-hadees) Ismail kehte hain ke ye hukum mansoob kiya jaata tha, ye alfaaz nahi kahe ke wo is hukum ko mansoob karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 740

 : Book 10, Hadith 133



Baab 88: Namaz Mein Khushoo Ka Bayaan






Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "You see me facing the Qibla; but, by Allah, nothing is hidden from me regarding your bowing and submissiveness and I see you from behind my back."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Kya tum samajhte ho ke mera mu’n isi qible ki taraf hai? 
Allah ki qasam! Mujh par tumhara rukoo aur khushoo posheeda nahi rehta aur main tumhe’n pas-e-pusht se bhi dekhta hoo’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 741

 : Book 10, Hadith 134 




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Perform the bowing and the prostrations properly. By Allah, I see you from behind me (or from behind my back) when you bow or prostrate."


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Tum apna rukoo aur sujood theek-theek adaa kiya karo. Allah ki qasam! Jab tum rukoo aur sajda karte ho to main tumhe’n apne peeche se bhi dekhta ho’n”. Aur kabhi farmaya: “Main apni pusht se tumhe’n dekhta hoo’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 742

 : Book 10, Hadith 135 





Baab 89: Namazi Takbeer-e-Tehrima Ke Baad Kya Padhe?






Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ), Abu Bakr and 'Umar used to start the prayer with "Al-hamdu lil-lahi Rabbil-'ala-min (All praises are for Allah the Lord of the Worlds)."


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ), Hazrat Abu Bakar aur Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) namaz ka iftetaah Alhamdulillahi Rabbil A’alameen se kiya karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 743

 : Book 10, Hadith 136 




Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to keep silent between the Takbir and the recitation of Qur'an and that interval of silence used to be a short one. I said to the Prophet (ﷺ) "May my parents be sacrificed for you! What do you say in the pause between Takbir and recitation?" The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "I say, 'Allahumma, ba'id baini wa baina khatayaya kama ba'adta baina-l-mashriqi wa-l-maghrib. Allahumma, naqqim min khatayaya kama yunaqqa-ththawbu-l-abyadu mina-ddanas. Allahumma, ighsil khatayaya bilma'i wa-th-thalji wal-barad (O Allah! Set me apart from my sins (faults) as the East and West are set apart from each other and clean me from sins as a white garment is cleaned of dirt (after thorough washing). O Allah! Wash off my sins with water, snow and hail.)"


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) takbeer-e-tehrima aur qirat ke darmiyan kuch sukoot farmate the. Maine arz kiya: Allah ke Rasool! Mere maa-baap aap par qurban ho’n! Aap takbeer aur qirat ke darmiyan sukoot mein kya padhte hain? Aap ne farmaya: “Yaa Allah! Mujhse mere gunah itne dor karde, jitna toone mashriq aur maghrib ke darmiyan faasla rakha hai. Aye Allah! Mujhe gunaaho’n se is tarah paak saaf karde, jaise safed kapda mael-kuchail se paak-saaf kiya jaata hai. Aye Allah! Mere gunah paani, barf aur olo’n se dho de”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 744

 : Book 10, Hadith 137





 Baab 90: Bila-unwaan






Narrated Asma' bint Abi Bakr:

The Prophet (ﷺ) once offered the eclipse prayer. He stood for a long time and then did a prolonged bowing. He stood up straight again and kept on standing for a long time, then bowed a long bowing and then stood up straight and then prostrated a prolonged prostration and then lifted his head and prostrated a prolonged prostration. And then he stood up for a long time and then did a prolonged bowing and then stood up straight again and kept on standing for a long time. Then he bowed a long bowing and then stood up straight and then prostrated a prolonged prostration and then lifted his head and went for a prolonged prostration. On completion o the prayer, he said, "Paradise becames near to me that if I had dared, I would have plucked one of its bunches for you and Hell became so near to me that said, 'O my Lord will I be among those people?' 
Then suddenly I saw a woman and a cat was lacerating her with it claws. On inquiring, it was said that the woman had imprisoned the cat till it died of starvation and she neither fed it no freed it so that it could feed itself."


Ravi Hazrat Asma bint Abi Bakr (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne namaz-e-kasoof padhaai to aap ne taweel qiyaam kiya. Phir rukoo kiya to usey khoob taweel kiya. Phir khade hue to qiyaam ko khoob taweel kiya. Uske baad rukoo kiya to usey khob taweel kiya, phir apna sar uthaaya aur sajda kiya, phir sadje ko khoob taweel kiya. Phir apna sar uthaaya aur sajda kiya, phir sajde ko khoob taweel kiya. Phir khade ho kar qiyaam kiya aur qiyaam ko lamba kiya, phir rukoo kiya to rukoo ko lamba kiya, phir sar uthaa kar qiyaam kiya aur usey khoob lamba kiya, phir rukoo kiya aur usey lamba kiya, phir sar uthaa kar sajda kiya aur usey khob lamba kiya. Uske baad apna sar uthaya aur sajda kiya aur sajde ko lamba kiya. Phir namaz se faarigh ho kar farmaya: “Jannat mere itna qareeb ho chuki thi ke agar main jur-at karta to uske khosho’n mein se koi khosha tumhare paas le aata aur dozakh bhi mere itna qareeb ho gai ke main kehne lagaa: Aye Maaik! Kya maine bhi in log’n ke saath rakha jaau’nga. Itna mein ek (1) aurat dekhi, jise billi panja maar rahi thi”. 
Maine poocha: “Us aurat ka kya qusoor hai?” 
Farishto’n ne jawab diya: Us aurat ne billi ko baandhe rakha tha, hatta ke wo bhook se mar gai, na t wo usey khud khilaati thi, aur naa usey khula chod-deti thi, ke wo khud hasharaat-ul-arz se apna pait bhare.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 745

 : Book 10, Hadith 138
 
: Also see Hadith No. 2364 





Baab 91: Namaz Mein Imam Ki Taraf Dekhna






Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) farmati hain ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne namaz-e-kasoof ke mutaalliq farmaya: “Jab tum ne mujhe dekha ke main peeche hat raha hoo’n to maine us waqt jahannum ko dekha jiska ek hissa doosre hisse ko tod-phod raha tha”.




Narrated Abu Ma'mar:

We asked Khabbab whether Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to recite (the Qur'an) in the Zuhr and the 'Asr prayers. He replied in the affirmative. 
We said, "How did you come to know about it?" 
He said, "By the movement of his beard."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Ma’amar:

Ham ne Hazrat Khabbab bin Arat (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se sawal kiya: Aaya Rasool Allah (ﷺ) namaz-e-zohar aur namaz-e-asr mein kuch padhte the? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Haa’n. Ham ne poocha: Aap log kaise pehchaante the? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Aap ki daadhi mubarak ke hilne ki wajah se



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 746

 : Book 10, Hadith 139 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
760, 761, 777 




Narrated Al-Bara:

(And Al-Bara was not a liar) Whenever we offered prayer with the Prophet (ﷺ) and he raised his head from the bowing, we used to remain standing till we saw him prostrating .


Ravi Hazrat Baraa bin Aazib (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

(Jinho’n ne jhoot nahi bola) Sahaba Ikraam (رضي الله عنهم) jab Nabi (ﷺ) ke hamraah namaz padhte the to jab aap apna sar rukoo se uthaa lete to Sahaba Ikraam (رضي الله عنهم) khade rehte taa-ke aap ko sajda karte hue dekh lete (tab wo sajda karte the).



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 747

 : Book 10, Hadith 140




Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abbas:

Once solar eclipse occurred during the lifetime of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ). He offered the eclipse prayer. 
His companions asked, "O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)! We saw you trying to take something while standing at your place and then we saw you retreating." 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "I was shown Paradise and wanted to have a bunch of fruit from it. Had I taken it, you would have eaten from it as long as the world remains."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ke ahd-e-mubarak mein sooraj grahan hua to aap ne namaz kasoof padhi. 
Sahaba Ikraam (رضي الله عنهم) ne arz kiya: Allah ke Rasool! Ham ne aap ko apni jagah khade hue kisi chee zko pakadte dekha. Phir ham ne aapko dekha ke aap peeche hat rahe hain. 
Aap ne farmaya: “Maine jannat ko dekha to usse ek khosha lena chaaha. Agar main usey le leta to jab tak duniya baaqi hai us waqt tak tum usse khaate rehte”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 748

 : Book 10, Hadith 141 




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) led us in prayer and then went up to the pulpit and beckoned with both hands towards the Qibla of the mosque and then said, "When I started leading you in prayer, I saw the display of Paradise and Hell on the wall of the mosque (facing the Qibla). I never saw good and bad as I have seen today." He repeated the last statement thrice.


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne namaz padhai. Uske baad mimbar par tashreef laae aur apne dono haatho’n se masjid ke qible ki taraf ishaara karke farmaya: “Maine abhi jabke tumhe’n namaz padha raha tha, Jannat aur dozakh ko dekha, un dono’n ki us deewaar ke qible mein tasweere’n banadi gai thee’n. Maine aaj ke din jaisa koi din nahi dekha, jis mein khair aur shard dono jamaa ho’n”. Aap ne aisa teen (3) martaba farmaya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 749 

 : Book 10, Hadith 142



Baab 92: Namaz Mein Asmaan Ki Taraf Nazar Uthaana






Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "What is wrong with those people who look towards the sky during the prayer?"
His talk grew stern while delivering this speech and he said, "They should stop (looking towards the sky during the prayer); otherwise their eye-sight would be taken away."


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Logo’n ko kya hua, wo namaz mein nigaahe’n aasmaan ki taraf uthaate hain?” 
Phir aap ne uske mutaalliq badi sakhti se farmaya: “Logo’n ko usse baaz aana chaahiye, yaa phir unki binaai ko uchak liya jaaega”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 750

 : Book 10, Hadith 143





Baab 93: Namaz Mein Idhar-Udhar Dekhna






Narrated 'Aisha:

I asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) about looking hither and thither in prayer. 
He replied, "It is a way of stealing by which Satan takes away (a portion) from the prayer of a person."


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) se dauran-e-namaz mein idhar-udhar dekhne ke mutaliq dariyaaft kiya to aap ne farmaya: “Ye to (kushoo ko) uchak* lena hai, jo shaitan bande ki namaz mein se uchak leta hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 751 

 : Book 10, Hadith 144
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
3291
 :*Kisi cheez ko jhapat lene ki kaifiyat 




Narrated 'Aisha:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) prayed on a Khamisa with marks on it and said, "The marks on it diverted my attention, take this Khamisa to Abu Jahm and bring an Inbijaniya (from him.)"


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne ek (1) martaba aisee chaadar pehen kar namaz padhi jis par kuch nuqoosh the. Faraaghar ke baad aap ne farmaya: “Mujhe is chaadar ke naqsh-o-nigaar ne namaz se ghaafil kar diya tha, isey Abu Jaham ke paas le jaao aur mujhe saada chaadar laado”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 752

 : Book 10, Hadith 145





Baab 94: Kya (Namazi) Kisi Hangaami Zaroorat Ki Binaa Par Yaa Koi Cheez, Yaa Thook Qible Ki Taraf Dekhe To Uski Taraf Tawajjo Kar Sakta Hai?








Hazrat Sahal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) bayan karte hain ke (namaz mein) Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) idhar-udhar mutawajja hue to unho’n ne Nabi (ﷺ) ko dekha.

Wazaahat: Imam Bukhari (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) iltefaat ke mutaalliq isteshnaai* soorate’n bayan karte hain ke agar kisi hangaami zaroorat aur waqti jaahat ke pesh-e-nazar iltefaat ho to wo namaz ke liye kharaabi ka baais nahi, jaisa ke Hazrat Abu Bakar Siddiq (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne dauran namaz mein iltefaat kiya aur Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko dekha to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne unhe’n namaz dobaara padhne ke mutaalliq nahi kaha, balke unhe’n apni namaz jaari rakhne ki talqeen farmaai kyou’nke ye iltefaat ek hangami zaroorat ke pesh-e-nazar tha.**

Imam Bukhari (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) ne us taaleeq ko apni sanad se muttasil bayan kiya hai. [Saheeh Bukhari: Al Azaan: H684]

* Exceptional, khaas
**Fath-ul-Baari: V2 P33




Narrated Ibn 'Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) saw expectoration in the direction of the Qibla of the mosque while he was leading the prayer, and scratched it off. After finishing the prayer, he said, "Whenever any of you is in prayer he should know that Allah is in front of him. So none should spit in front of him in the prayer."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) ne masjid ke qible ki taraf thook dekha, jabke aap logo’n ke aage khade ho kar unhe’n namaz padha rahe the, aap ne usey zaael kar diya. Uske baad jab namaz se faarigh hue to farmaya: “Jab tum mein se koi namaz mein mashghool hota hai to Allah Ta’ala uske saamne chehre ki taraf hota hai, lehaaza koi shakhs namaz mein apne saamne na thooke”. 
Is riwayat ko Moosa bin Uqba aur Ibne Abu Rawwaad ne Hazrat Naafe se bayan kiya hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 753

 : Book 10, Hadith 146



Narrated Anas:

While the Muslims were offering the Fajr prayer, Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) suddenly appeared before them by living the curtain of the dwelling place of 'Aisha, looked towards the Muslims who were standing in rows. He smiled with pleasure. Abu Bakr started retreating to join the row on the assumption that the Prophet (ﷺ) wanted to come out for the prayer. The Muslims intended to leave the prayer (and were on the verge of being put to trial), but the Prophet (ﷺ) beckoned them to complete their prayer and then he let the curtain fall. He died in the last hours of that day.


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Ek (1) din musalman namaz-e-fajr mein mashghool the ke achaanak Rasool Allah (ﷺ) saamne aagae. Aap ne Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ke hujre ka parda uthaaya aur musalmano ki taraf dekha jabke us waqt wo namaz mein saff-basta the. Aap (ﷺ) khushi ke baais muskuraane lagey. Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) apne ulte paao’n peeche hatne lagey taake khud saff mein shaamil ho jaae’n kyou’nke unho’n ne samjha ke aap bahar tashfreef laana chaahte hain. Aur musalmano ne qasd kar liya ke maare khushi ke apni namaz tod de’n, lekin aap ne unhe’n ishaara farmaya ke tum apni namaz ko poora karo, phir aap ne parda neeche kar diya aur usi din ke aakhri hisse mein aap ki wafaat ho gai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 754

 : Book 10, Hadith 147




Baab 95: Safar-o-Hazar Ki Tamaam Sirri Aur Jehri Namazo’n Mein Imam Aur Muqtadi Ke Liye Qirat Ka Waajib Hona







Narrated Jabir bin Samura:

The People of Kufa complained against Sa'd to 'Umar and the latter dismissed him and appointed 'Ammar as their chief . They lodged many complaints against Sa'd and even they alleged that he did not pray properly. 'Umar sent for him and said, "O Aba Ishaq! These people claim that you do not pray properly." 
Abu Ishaq said, "By Allah, I used to pray with them a prayer similar to that of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) and I never reduced anything of it. I used to prolong the first two Rakat of 'Isha prayer and shorten the last two Rakat." 
'Umar said, "O Aba Ishaq, this was what I thought about you." And then he sent one or more persons with him to Kufa so as to ask the people about him. So they went there and did not leave any mosque without asking about him. All the people praised him till they came to the mosque of the tribe of Bani 'Abs; one of the men called Usama bin Qatada with a surname of Aba Sa'da stood up and said, "As you have put us under an oath; I am bound to tell you that Sa'd never went himself with the army and never distributed (the war booty) equally and never did justice in legal verdicts." 
(On hearing it) Sa'd said, "I pray to Allah for three things: O Allah! If this slave of yours is a liar and got up for showing off, give him a long life, increase his poverty and put him to trials." 
(And so it happened). Later on when that person was asked how he was, he used to reply that he was an old man in trial as the result of Sa'd's curse. 
'Abdul Malik, the sub narrator, said that he had seen him afterwards and his eyebrows were over-hanging his eyes owing to old age and he used to tease and assault the small girls in the way.


Ravi Hazrat Jabir bin Samra (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ahle kufa ne Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se Hazrat Saad bin Abi Waqaas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki shikaayat ki to Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne unhe’n maazool karke Hazrat Ammar bin Yaasir (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko un (kufiyo’n) par taenaat kar diya. Al-gharz un logo’n ne Hazrat Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki bohot shikaayat kee’n. Ye bhi keh diya ke wo acchi namaz nahi padhte. Is par Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne unhe’n bula-bheja aur kaha: Aye Abu Ishaq! Ye log kehte hain ke tum namaz acchi tarah nahi padhte ho. Unho’n ne jawab diya: Allah ki Qasam! Main unhe’n Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki namaz padhaata tha. Maine us mein zarra bhar bhi kotaahi ko rawaa nahi rakha. Main namaz-e-isha padhata to pehli do (2) rakato’n mein zyaada der lagaata aur aakhri do (2) rakato’n mein takhfeef karta tha. Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Aye Abu Ishaq! Tumhari nisbat hamaara gumaan yehi hai. Phir aap ne ek shakhs yaa chand ashkhaas ko Hazrat Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke hamraah Kufa rawaana kiya (taake wo ahle kufa se Hazrat Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke mutaalliq shikayaat ki tehqeeq kare’n). Unho’n ne waha’n jaakar koi masjid na chodi, jaha’n Hazrat Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ka haal na poocha ho. Sab logo’n ne unki taareef ki. Phir wo Qabila Abas ki masjid mein gae to waha’n ek (1) shakhs khada hua jiski kunniyat Abu Saadah thi, aur usey Usama bin Qatada kaha jaata tha. Wo bola: Jab tum ne hame’n qasam dilaai hai to sune’n! Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) jihad mein lashkar ke saath khud na jaate the, aur naa hi maal-e-ghanimat mein baraabar taqseem karte the. Nez, muqaddamaat mein insaf se kaam na lete the. Hazrat Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne ye sun kar kaha: Allah ki qasam! Main tujhe teen (3) bad-duaae’n deta hoo. Aye Allah! Agar tera ye banda jhoota hai aur sirf logo’n ko dikhane yaa sunaane ke liye khada hua hai to uski umr daraaz karde, uski faqeeri badha de aur aafato’n mein phasaa de. (Chunache aisa hi hua) Uske baad jab se uska haal dariyaaft kiya jaata to kehta ke main ek aafat-raseeda, daraaz-umr boodha hoo’n. Mujhe Hazrat Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki bad-dua lag gai hai. Abdul Malik raawi kehta hai ke maine bhi usey dekha tha. Budhaape ki haalat mein uske dono aabru aankho’n par girne ke ba-wujood raaste chalti chokriyo’n ko chedta aur un par dast-daraazi karta-phirta tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 755

 : Book 10, Hadith 148




Narrated 'Ubada bin As-Samit:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Whoever does not recite Al-Fatiha in his prayer, his prayer is invalid."



Ravi Hazrat Ubadah bin Saamit (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jis shakhs ne Surah Faatiha nahi padhi, uski namaz hi nahi hui”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 756

 : Book 10, Hadith 149




Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) entered the mosque and a person followed him. The man prayed and went to the Prophet (ﷺ) and greeted him. The Prophet (ﷺ) returned the greeting and said to him, "Go back and pray, for you have not prayed." The man went back prayed in the same way as before, returned and greeted the Prophet (ﷺ) who said, "Go back and pray, for you have not prayed." This happened thrice. The man said, "By Him Who sent you with the Truth, I cannot offer the prayer in a better way than this. Please, teach me how to pray." The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "When you stand for Prayer say Takbir and then recite from the Holy Qur'an (of what you know by heart) and then bow till you feel at ease. Then raise your head and stand up straight, then prostrate till you feel at ease during your prostration, then sit with calmness till you feel at ease (do not hurry) and do the same in all your prayers.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek dafa Rasool Allah (ﷺ) masjid mein tashreef laae, itne mein ek aadmi aaya aur usne namaz padhi, phir us ne Nabi (ﷺ) ko salaam kiya. Aap ne (salaam ka jawaab dene ke baad) farmaya: “Waapas jaao aur namaz padho, tum ne namaz nahi padhi”. 
Wo aadmi waapas gaya aur usi tarah namaz padhi jaise usne (pehle_ padhi thi. Phir usne aakar Nabi (ﷺ) ko salaam kiya. Aap ne (salaam ka jawab dene ke baad) farmaya: “Waapas jaao aur namaz padho, tum ne namaz nahi padhi”. Phir usi tarah teen (3) dafaa hua. Bil-aakhir usne kaha: Qasam hai us Allah ki, jisne aap ko haq ke saath behja hai! Main isse acchi namaz nahi padh sakta, lehaaza aap mujhe bata deejiye. Aap ne farmaya: “Accha jab tum namaz ke liye khade ho to Allahu Akbar kaho, phir quran se jo tumhe’n yaad ho padho, uske baad itmenaan se rukoo karo, phir sar uthaao, aur seedhe khade ho jaao, phir sajda karo, aur sajde mein itmenaan se raho. Phir sar uthaakar itmenaan se baith jaao, usi tarah apni poori namaz mukammal karo”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 757

 : Book 10, Hadith 150
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
793, 6251, 6252, 6667 





Baab 96: Namaz-e-Zohar Mein Qirat Ka Bayan






Narrated Jabir bin Samura:

Sa'd said, "I used to pray with them a prayer similar to that of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) (the prayer of Zuhr and 'Asr) reducing nothing from them. I used to prolong the first two Rakat and shorten the last two Rak'at." 'Umar said to Sa'd "This was what we thought about you."


Ravi Hazrat Jabir bin Samra (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Hazrat Saad bin Abi Waqaas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Main ahle kufa ko (baad az dopaher) shaam ki dono namaze’n Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki namaz ki tarah padhata tha. Yaane un mein kisi qism ki kami nahi karta tha. Main pehli do (2) rakat mein der lagaata aur aakhri do (2) rakat mein takhfeef karta tha. Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Mera bhi tumhare mutaalliq yehi gumaan tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 758

 : Book 10, Hadith 151


Narrated 'Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) in Zuhr prayers used to recite Al-Fatiha along with two other Suras in the first two Rakat: a long one in the first Rak'a and a shorter (Sura) in the second, and at times the verses were audible. In the 'Asr prayer the Prophet (ﷺ) used to recite Al-Fatiha and two more Suras in the first two Rakat and used to prolong the first Rak'a. And he used to prolong the first Rak'a of the Fajr prayer and shorten the second.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) namaz-e-zohar ki pehli do (2) rakat mein Surah Faatiha aur do (2) surah padhte the. Pehli rakat ko lamba karte aur doosri rakat ko chota karte the, nez kabhi bhi koi aayat suna bhi dete the. Namaz-e-Asr mein bhi Surah Faatiha aur deegar do (2) surah tilaawat farmate aur pehli rakat ko doosri rakat se kuch lamba karte. Usi tarah subah ki namaz mein bhi pehli rakat ko taweel aur doosri ko mukhtasar karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 759

 : Book 10, Hadith 152
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
762, 776, 778, 779 




Narrated Abu Ma'mar:

I asked Khabbab whether the Prophet (ﷺ) used to recite the Qur'an in the Zuhr and the 'Asr prayers.
He replied in the affirmative. 
We said, "How did you come to know that?" He said, "From the movement of his beard."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Ma’amar:

Ham ne Hazrat Khabbab bin Arat (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se dariyaaft kiya: Aaya Nabi (ﷺ) zohar aur asr mein qirat kiya karte the? 
Unho’n ne jawab diya ke haa’n. 
Phir ham ne arz kiya ke aap logo’n ko kaise maaloom hota tha?
Unho’n ne farmaya ke hame’n aap ki daadhi-e-mubarak ki jumbish* se pataa chalta tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 760

 : Book 10, Hadith 153
 
*Harkat, halchal, hilna-julna





Baab 97: Namaz-e-Asr Mein Qirat Ka Bayaan






Narrated Abu Ma'mar:

I asked Khabbab bin Al-Art whether the Prophet (ﷺ) used to recite the Qur'an in the Zuhr and the 'Asr prayers. 
He replied in the affirmative. 
I said, "How did you come to know that?" 
He replied, "From the movement of his beard."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Ma’amar:

Maine Hazrat Khabbab bin Arat (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se dariyaaft kiya: Aaya Nabi (ﷺ) zohar aur asr ki namaz mein qirat kiya karte the? Unho’n ne farmaya: Haa’n. 
Maine arz kiya: Aap hazraat ko Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki qirat ka kaise pataa chalta tha? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Aap ki daadhi mubarak ke harkat karne ki wajah se.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 761

 : Book 10, Hadith 154



Narrated 'Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) used to recite Al-Fatiha along with another Sura in the first two Rakat of the Zuhr and the 'Asr prayers and at times a t verse or so was audible to us."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) zohar aur asr ki do (2) rakat mein Surah Faatiha aur koi ek-ek surah padhte the. Aur kabhi-kabhar hame’n ek-aadh aayat suna bhi dete the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 762

 : Book 10, Hadith 155





Baab 98: Namaz-e-Maghrib Mein Qirat Ka Bayan






Wazaahat: Is unwaan ke tahat namaz-e-maghrib mein qirat ka andaaza aur miqdaar bayan karna maqsood hai. Saabeqa abwaab ki tarah us mein nafs-e-qirat ka isbaat muraad nahi, kyou’nke namaz-e-maghrib mein qirat ba-awaaz-e-buland hoti hai. Is liye nafs qirat ke isbaat ke chandaa’n zaroorat nahi.

Fath-ul-Baari: V2 P319




Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

(My mother) Umu-l-Fadl heard me reciting "Wal Mursalati 'Urfan" (77) and said, "O my son! By Allah, your recitation made me remember that it was the last Sura I heard from Allah's Apostle (ﷺ). He recited it in the Maghrib prayer. "


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

(unki walida) Umme Fazal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne unhe’n Surah “وَالْمُرْسَلاَتِ عُرْفًا” padhte suna to kehne lagee’n: Mere bete! Toone ye surah padhkar mujhe yaad dila diya ke yehi wo aakhri surah hai jo maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) se suni thi. Aap ye surah namaz-e-maghrib mein padh rahe the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 763

 : Book 10, Hadith 156
 
: Also see Hadith No. 4429
 




Narrated Marwan bin Al-Hakam:

Zaid bin Thabit said to me, "Why do you recite very short S&ras in the Maghrib prayer while I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) reciting the longer of the two long Suras?"


Ravi Marwan bin Hakam:

Hazrat Zaid bin Saabit (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Tu namaz-e-maghrib mein choti-choti surah (qisaar) padhta hai, jabke maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko namaz-e-maghrib mein do (2) badi surah mein se ziyaada badi surah padhte hue suna hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 764

 : Book 10, Hadith 157 





Baab 99: Namaz Maghrib Mein Ba-awaaz-e-Bulan Qirat Karna







Narrated Jubair bin Mut'im:

My father said, "I heard Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) reciting "At-Tur" (52) in the Maghrib prayer."


Ravi Hazrat Jubair bin Muti’m (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Maine Nabi (ﷺ) ko namaz-e-maghrib mein Surah Toor padhte suna hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 765

 : Book 10, Hadith 158 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
3050, 4023, 4854 





Baab 100: Namaz-e-Isha Mein Ba-awaaz-e-Buland Qirat Karna







Narrated Abu Rafi:

I offered the 'Isha' prayer behind Abu Huraira and he recited, "Idha-s-Sama'u-n-Shaqqat" (84) and prostrated. On my inquiring, he said, "I prostrated behind Abu-l-Qasim (the Prophet (ﷺ)) (when he recited that Sura) and I will go on doing it till I meet him."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Raafe:
 
Maine Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke hamraah namaz-e-isha padhi to unho’n ne Surah “‏إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ‏” padhi aur us mein sajda kiya. Jab maine unse sajde ke mutaalliq dariyaaft kiya to unho’n ne farmaya: Maine Hazrat Abul Qasim Qasim (ﷺ) ke peeche sajda kiya hai, lehaaza main hamesha us mein sajda karta rahu’nga ta-aa’nke (qiyamat ke din) meri aapse mulaqaat ho jaae.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 766

 : Book 10, Hadith 159
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
768, 174, 1078 




Narrated Al-Bara:

The Prophet (ﷺ) was on a journey and recited in one of the first two Rakat of the 'Isha' prayer "Wattini waz-zaituni." (95)


Ravi Hazrat Bara bin Aazib (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne dauran-e-safar mein namaz-e-isha ki do (2) rakat mein se ek mein surah “وَالتِّيۡنِ وَالزَّيۡتُوۡنِۙ” padhi.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 767

 : Book 10, Hadith 160
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
769, 4952, 7546 



Baab 101: Namaz-e-Isha Mein Sajde Waali Surah Padhna






Narrated Abu Rafi':

Once I prayed the 'Isha' prayer with Abu Huraira and he recited, "Idha-s-Sama' u-nShaqqat" (84) and prostrated. 
I said, "What is that?" 
He said, "I prostrated behind Abu-l-Qasim, (the Prophet (ﷺ)) (when he recited that Sura) and I will go on doing it till I meet him."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Raafe:

Maine Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke hamraah namaz-e-isha padhi to unho’n ne Surah “‏إِذَا السَّمَاءُ انْشَقَّتْ” padhi aur us mein sajda kiya. Maine arz kiya: Ye kaunsa sajda hai? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Maine Hazrat Abul Qasim (ﷺ) ke peeche us mein sajda kiya hai, is liye ab to main is surah mein sajda karta rahu’nga, ta-aa’nke qiyaamat ke din meri aapse mulaqaat ho jaae.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 768

 : Book 10, Hadith 161





Baab 102: Namaz-e-Isha Mein Qirat Ka Bayan






Narrated Al-Bara:

I heard the Prophet (ﷺ) reciting wat-tini wazzaituni" (95) in the 'Isha' prayer, and I never heard a sweeter voice or a better way of recitation than that of the Prophet (ﷺ).


Ravi Hazrat Baraa bin Aazib (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine Nabi (ﷺ) ko namaz-e-isha mein “وَالتِّيۡنِ وَالزَّيۡتُوۡنِۙ” padhte suna aur maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) se ziyada khush-al-lehaan yaa accha padhne waala koi nahi suna.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 769

 : Book 10, Hadith 162




Baab 103: (Imam Ko Chaahiye Ke) Pehli Do (2) Rakat Ko Taweel Aur Aakhri Do (2) Rakat Ko Mukhtasar Kare







Narrated Jabir bin Samura:

'Umar said to Sa'd, "The people complained against you in everything, even in prayer." Sa'd replied, "Really I used to prolong the first two Rakat and shorten the last two and I will never shorten the prayer in which I follow Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)." 'Umar said, "You are telling the truth and that is what I think a tout you."


Ravi Hazrat Jabir bin Samra (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne Hazrat Saad bin Abi Waqqas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se farmaya: Ahle Kufa ne aapke mutaalliq har muaamala, hatta ke namaz ke mutaalliq bhi shikaayat ki hai. 
Hazrat Saad bin Abi Waqqas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne jawab diya: Main pehli do (2) rakat mein tawaalat aur aakhri do (2) rakat mein ikhtesaar karta hoo’n. Aur jab se maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke peeche namaz ki iqteda ki hai, kabhi uski adaaegi mein kotaahi nahi ki. 
Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Aap ne sach kaha, mera bhi aapke mutaalliq yehi gumaan tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 770

 : Book 10, Hadith 163 





Baab 104: Namaz-e-Fajr Mein Qirat Karna






Hazrat Umme Salama (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) farmati hain ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne Surah “ُّAt-Tur” tilaawat farmaai.


Narrated Saiyar bin Salama:

My father and I went to Abu Barza-al-Aslami to ask him about the stated times for the prayers. He replied, "The Prophet (ﷺ) used to offer the Zuhr prayer when the sun just declined from its highest position at noon; the 'Asr at a time when if a man went to the farthest place in Medina (after praying) he would find the sun still hot (bright). (The sub narrator said: I have forgotten what Abu Barza said about the Maghrib prayer). The Prophet (ﷺ) never found any harm in delaying the 'Isha' prayer to the first third of the night and he never liked to sleep before it and to talk after it. He used to offer the morning prayer at a time when after finishing it one could recognize the person sitting beside him and used to recite between 60 to 100 verses in one or both the Rakat."


Ravi Sayaar bin Salama:

Main aur mera baap (ham dono) Hazrat Abu Barzah Aslami (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke paas gae aur un se namazo’n ke auqaat dariyaaft kiye.
Unho’n ne farmaya: Jab aftaab dhal jaata to Nabi (ﷺ) zohar ki namaz padhte the aur namaz-e-asr aise waqt mein adaa karte ke aadmi madina ke aakhri kinaare tak waapas pohonch jaata, jabke aftaab abhi taghaiyyur-pazeer* na hua hota. Namaz-e-Maghrib ke mutaalliq jo kuch Abu Barzah (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya, usey main bhool gaya hoo’n. Albatta aap namaz-e-isha raat ke teesre hisse tak muakh-khar karne mein koi qabaahat mehsoos nahi karte the. Lekin usse pehle neend karne aur uske baad baato’n mein masroof hone ko naa-pasand karte the. Aur namaz subah aise waqt mein padhte ke aadmi namaz se faraaghat ke baad apne saathi ko pehchaan sakta tha, jabke aap dono rakat yaa har ek mein 60 se 100 ayaat tak tilaawat farmate the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 771

 : Book 10, Hadith 164
 
*Tabdeel hone waala, tabdeeli qubool karne waala




Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Qur'an is recited in every prayer and in those prayers in which Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) recited aloud for us, we recite aloud in the same prayers for you; and the prayers in which the Prophet (ﷺ) recited quietly, we recite quietly. If you recite "Al-Fatiha" only it is sufficient but if you recite something else in addition, it is better.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Har namaz mein qirat karni chaahiye, phir jin namazo’n mein Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne hame’n ba-awaaz-e-buland sunaaya hai, ham un mein tumhe’n ba-awaaz-e-buland sunaate hain, aur jin mein aap ne hamse qirat ko posheeda rakha hai, un mein ham bhi tum se posheeda rakhte hain. Aur agar tu Surah Faatiha se ziyada qirat na kare to bhi kaafi hai, aur agar ziyada padhle to accha hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 772

 : Book 10, Hadith 165





Baab 105: Namaz-e-Fajr Mein Ba-awaaz-e-Buland Qirat Karna







Hazrat Umme Salama (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) farmati hain ke main logo’n ke peeche se tawaaf kar rahi thi, jabke Nabi (ﷺ) namaz padha rahe the, aur namaz mein Surah at Toor ki tilaawat kar rahe the.






Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) set out with the intention of going to Suq 'Ukaz (market of 'Ukaz) along with some of his companions. At the same time, a barrier was put between the devils and the news of heaven. Fire commenced to be thrown at them. The Devils went to their people, who asked them, "What is wrong with you?" 
They said, "A barrier has been placed between us and the news of heaven. And fire has been thrown at us." 
They said, "The thing which has put a barrier between you and the news of heaven must be something which has happened recently. Go eastward and westward and see what has put a barrier between you and the news of heaven." 
Those who went towards Tuhama came across the Prophet (ﷺ) at a place called Nakhla and it was on the way to Suq 'Ukaz and the Prophet (ﷺ) was offering the Fajr prayer with his companions. When they heard the Qur'an they listened to it and said, "By Allah, this is the thing which has put a barrier between us and the news of heaven." 
They went to their people and said, "O our people; verily we have heard a wonderful recital (Qur'an) which shows the true path; we believed in it and would not ascribe partners to our Lord." 
Allah revealed the following verses to his Prophet (ﷺ) (Sura 'Jinn') (72): "Say: It has been revealed to me." And what was revealed to him was the conversation of the Jinns.


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) apne chand Sahaba Ikraam (رضي الله عنهم) ke hamraah souq okaz ka iraada karke chale, jabke un dino’n shayateen ko aasmaani khabre’n lene se rok diya gaya tha aur un par sholey barsaae jaa rahe the. Un halaat mein shayateen apni qaum ki taraf laut aae, qaum ne poocha: Kya haal hai? 
Shayateen ne kaha: Hamaare aur aasmaani khabro’n ke darmiyan rukawat khadi kardi gai hai, aur ab ham par sholey barsaae jaa rahe hain. 
Qaum ne kaha: Tumhare aur aasmaani khabro’n ke darmiyan koi aisee cheez haael ho gai hai, jo abhi abhi zaahir hui hai, is liye tum roo-e-zameen mein mashriq-o-maghrib tak chal-phir kar dekho, ke wo kya cheez hai, jo tumhare aur aasmaani khabro’n ke darmiyan haael ho gai hai? 
Chunache wo uski talaash mein nikle, un mein wo jinnaat jo Tihaama ki taraf nikle the, wo Nabi (ﷺ) ke paas aapohche. Aap us waqt muqam-e-nakhla mein the aur okaaz ki mandi ki taraf jaane ki niyyat rakhte the. Us waqt aap apne Sahaba Ikraam (رضي الله عنهم) ko namaz-e-fajr padha rahe the. 
Jab un jinnaat ne kaan lagakar quran suna to kehne lagey: Allah ki qasam! Yehi wo quran hai jisne tumhare aur aasmaani khabro’n ke darmiyan hijab daal diya hai. 
Chunache usi muqaam se wo apni qaum ki taraf laut gae aur unse kehne lagey: Bhaiyyo! Ham ne ajeeb quran suna hai, jo hidayat ka raasta bataata hai, lehaaza ham us par imaan le aae hain. Ab ham hargiz apne parwardigaar ke saath kisi ko shareek nahi banae’nge. 
Tab Allah Ta’ala ne apne Nabi (ﷺ) par ye surah Jinn (72) “‏قُلْ أُوحِيَ إِلَىَّ‏” naazil farmaai aur aapko jinno’n ki guftagu ba-zariya-e-wahee bataai gai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 773

 : Book 10, Hadith 166 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 4921 




Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) recited aloud in the prayers in which he was ordered to do so and quietly in the prayers in which he was ordered to do so. 
"And your Lord is not forgetful." [Surah Maryam: 64]
"Verily there was a good example for you in the ways of the Prophet (ﷺ)." [Surah Ahzaab: 21]


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ko jis namaz mein jahar* ka hukum hua, aap ne us mein jahar kiya, aur jis namaz mein aahista padhne ka hukum hua wahaa’n aahista padha,
(Aur Tumhara Parwardigaar Bhoolne Waala Nahi) [Surah Maryam: 64]
(Aur Bila-shubha Tumhare Liye Rasool Allah (ﷺ) Ki Zaat-e-Giraami Mein Behtareen Namoona Hai, Yaane Unki Paerwee Karna Hi Accha Hai). [Surah Ahzaab: 21]



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 774

 : Book 10, Hadith 167 
 
*Ooonchi aawaaz se padhna ya dohraana, buland aawaaz 





Baab 106: Ek (1) Rakat Mein Do (2) Surah Jamaa Karna, Surah Ki Sirf Aakhri Ayaat Tilaawat Karna. Nez Ek (1) Surah Ko Doosri Surah Se Pehle Padhna Aur Surah Ka Sirf Ibtedaai Hissa Tilaawat Karna.









Hazrat Abdullah bin Saaeb (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se manqool hai ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne subah ki namaz mein Surah Mominoon padhna shuru ki, jab Hazrat Moosa aur Haroon yaa Hazrat Isa (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) ka zikr aaya to aapko khaansi aagai, aap usi waqt rukoo mein chale gae. Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne pehli rakat mein Surah Baqara ki 120 ayaat padheen aur doosri rakat mein masaani* ki ek (1) surah tilaawat ki.

*Surah Baqara se Surah Tauba tak pehli saat (7) surah, in he’n saba-masaani bhi kehte hain


Hazrat Ahnaf bin Qais ne pehli rakat mein Surah Kahaf aur doosri mein Surah Yusuf yaa Yunus padhi, aur bayan kiya ke Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne inhi do (2) surah ko namaz-e-subah mein padha tha. Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne (pehli rakat mein) Surah Anfaal ki 40 ayaat aur doosri rakat mein mufassalaat* se ek (1) surah padhi. Hazrat Qatada ne us shakhs ke mutaalliq, jo ek (1) surah ko do (2) rakato’n mein (uske do (2) hisse karke) yaa ek (1) hi surah ko do (2) rakaat mein dohraata hai, farmaya ke sab kitabullah hai. (Har tarah se padhna jaaez hai.)

*Mufassal ka itlaaq Surah Qaaf se Surah Naas tak hota hai. Inki teen (3) qisme’n hain:
1. Tawaal Mufassal: Surah Qaaf se Surah Mursalaat tak
2. Ausaat Mufassal: Surah Naba se Surah Lail tak
3. Qisaar Mufassa: Surah Duhaa se Surah Naas tak




Narrated Anas:

One of the Ansar used to lead the Ansar in Salat in the Quba' mosque and it was his habit to recite Qul Huwal-lahu Ahad whenever he wanted to recite something in Salat. When he finished that Surah, he would recite another one with it. He followed the same procedure in each Rak'a. 
His companions discussed this with him and said, "You recite this Surah and do not consider it sufficient and then you recite another. So would you recite it alone or leave it and recite some other." 
He said, "I will never leave it and if you want me to be your Imam on this condition then it is all right ; otherwise I will leave you." 
They knew that he was the best amongst them and they did not like someone else to lead them in Salat. When the Prophet (ﷺ) went to them as usual, they informed him about it. 
The Prophet (ﷺ) addressed him and said, "O so-and-so, what forbids you from doing what your companions ask you to do ? Why do you read this Surah particularly in every Rak'a ?" 
He repiled, "I love this Surah." 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Your love for this Surah will make you enter Paradise."


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ek (1) ansari shakhs masjid-e-quba mein ansari ki imaamat karaata tha. Uski ye aadat thi ke jin namazo’n mein qirat ba-awaaz ba-awaaz-e-buland ki jaati hai, un mein jab wo koi surah shuru karne ka irada karta to isse pehle (‏قُلْ هُوَ اللَّهُ أَحَدٌ) se aghaaz karta hai. Us se faraaghat ke baad phir koi doosri surah shuru karta. Wo har rakat mein aisa hi karta tha. Uske muqtadiyo’n ne usse baat ki aur kaha ke tum is surah se ibteda karte ho aur usey kaafi khayaal nahi karte, yahaa’n tak ke dooosri surah padhte ho. Lehaza tum usi surah ko padho, uske saath doosri surah na milaao, usey chodhkar sirf doosri surah padha karo. 
Usne jawab diya ke main to is surah ko nahi chodh sakta, agar tumhe’n pasand ho to isi tarah tumhari imaamat karaau’nga, aur agar tum isey naa-pasand karte ho to main tumhe’n chodh sakta hoo’n (surah ko nahi chodh sakta). 
Ahle Quba ne usey apne mein se afzal khayaal karte the, is liye unho’n ne usey chodhkar doosre ki imaamat ko pasand na kiya. Ittefaaq se jab Nabi (ﷺ) unke paas tashreef laae to unho’n ne ye maajra aapko sunaaya. 
Aap (ﷺ) ne us imam se farmaya: “Aye falaa’n! Tumhe’n apne muqtadiyo’n ki baat maanne se kis cheez ne roka hai? 
Aur kya wajah hai ke toone har rakat mein ye surah padhne ka iltezaam kar rakha hai?” 
Usne jawab diya ke mujhe is surah se mohabbat hai. 
Is par aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Tera is surah se mohabbat karna tujhe Jannat mein daakhil karega”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 774b

 : Book 10, Hadith 168


Narrated Abu Wa'il:

A man came to Ibn Mas'ud and said, "I recited the Mufassal (Suras) at night in one Rak'a." Ibn Mas'ud said, "This recitation is (too quick) like the recitation of poetry. I know the identical Suras which the Prophet (ﷺ) used to recite in pairs." Ibn Mas'ud then mentioned 20 Mufassal Suras including two Suras from the family of (i.e. those verses which begin with) AL, HA, MIM (which the Prophet (ﷺ) used to recite) in each Rak'a.


Ravi Abu Wa'il:

Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke paas ek aadmi aaya aur kehne laga: Maine aaj raat mufassil ki tamaam soorate’n ek (1) hi rakat mein padh de’n. Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Toone is qadar tezi se padhe’n jaise ashaar padhe jaate hain. Beshak main un joda-joda soorato’n ko jaanta hoo’n jinhe’n Rasool Allah (ﷺ) milakar padha karte the, phir aap ne mufassil ki 20 soorate’n bayan kee’n. Yaane har rakat mein padhi jaane waali do-do (2-2) surah.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 775

 : Book 10, Hadith 169
 
: Also see Hadith No. 4996, 543 





Baab 107: Akhri Do (2) Rakato’n Mein Sirf Surah Faatiha Padhna







Narrated 'Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) uses to recite Al-Fatiha followed by another Sura in the first two Rakat of the prayer and used to recite only Al-Fatiha in the last two Rakat of the Zuhr prayer. Sometimes a verse or so was audible and he used to prolong the first Rak'a more than the second and used to do the same in the 'Asr and Fajr prayers."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) zohar ki pehli do (2) rakato’n mein Surah Faatiha aur do (2) surah mazeed padhte the, aur aakhri do (2) rakato’n mein sirf Surah Faatiha padhte the. Aur kabhi-kabhi koi aayat hame’n suna bhi dete the. Aur aap pehli rakat ko doosri rakat se lamba karte the. Isi tarah asr aur subah ki namaz mein bhi yehi maamool tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 776

 : Book 10, Hadith 170




Baab 108: Zohar Aur Asr Ki Namaz Mein Aahista Qirat Karna






Narrated Abu Ma'mar:

We said to Khabbab "Did Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to recite in Zuhr and 'Asr prayers?" 
He replied in the affirmative. 
We said, "How did you come to know about it?" 
He said, "By the movement of his beard."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Ma’amar:

Ham ne Khabbab bin Arat (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se dariyaaft kiya: Aaya Rasool Allah (ﷺ) zohar aur Asr ki namaz mein qirat karte the? Unho’n ne farmaya: Haa’n, 
Ham ne dobaara arz kiya ke aapko kaise pata chalta tha? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Aap ki daadhi mubarak ki jumbish ki wajah se hame’n maaloom ho jaata tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 777

 : Book 10, Hadith 171





Baab 109: Jab Imam (Sirri Namaz Mein) Koi Aayat Sunaa De.






Narrated 'Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) used to recite Al-Fatiha along with another Sura in the first two Rakat of the Zuhr and 'Asr prayers. A verse or so was audible at times and he used to prolong the first Rak'a."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) zohar aur asr ki pehli do (2) rakato’n mein surah faatiha aur uske saath koi doosri surah bhi padhte the, aur kabhi kabhaar hame’n koi aayat suna diya karte the, nez aap pehli rakat ko lamba karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 778

 : Book 10, Hadith 172





Baab 110: Pehli Rakat Mein Qirat Ko Lamba Karna






Narrated 'Abdullah bin Abi Qatada:

My father said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) used to prolong the first Rak'a of the Zuhr prayer and shorten the second one and used to do the same in the Fajr prayer."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) namaz-e-zohar ki pehli rakat ko lamba karte the aur doosri rakat ko mukhtasar farmate the aur subah ki namaz mein bhi aapka yehi maamool tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 779

 : Book 10, Hadith 173





Baab 111: Imam Ka Ba-Awaaz-e-Buland Ameen Kehna






Hazrat Ataa (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) bayan karte hain ke aameen ek dua hai. Hazrat Abdullah bin Zubair (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) aur unke muqtadiyo’n ne itni zor se aameen kahi ke masjid gooj uthi. Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) apne imam ko kaha karte the ke mujhe ameen se mehroom na karna. Hazrat Naafe ka kehna hai ke Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) aameen kehne ko kisi soorat mein nahi chodte the, balke doosro’n ko bhi uske mutaalliq targheeb diya karte the, aur maine aameen ke mutaalliq unse acche kalimaat sune hain.




Narrated Abu Huraira:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Say Amin" when the Imam says it and if the Amin of any one of you coincides with that of the angels then all his past sins will be forgiven." Ibn Shihab said, "Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to Say "Amin."


Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab imam ameen kahe to tum bhi ameen kao, kyou’nke jiski ameen farishto’n ki ameen ke muwaafiq hogi, uske guzishta gunah moaaf kar diye jaae’nge”. Ibne Shihab ka kehna hai ke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) khud bhi ameen kaha karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 780 

 : Book 10, Hadith 174 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 6402 





Baab 112: Ameen Kehne Ki Fazilat






Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "If any one of you says, "Amin" and the angels in the heavens say "Amin" and the former coincides with the latter, all his past sins will be forgiven."


Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab tum mein se koi ameen kehta hai to aasmaan par farishte bhi ameen kehte hain. Agar dono ki ameen ek doosre se mil jaae to us (namazi) ke tamaam guzishta gunah moaaf kar diye jaate hain”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 781

 : Book 10, Hadith 175





Baab 113: Muqtadi Ka Ba-awaaz-e-Buland Ameen Kehna






Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Say Amen' when the Imam says "Ghair-il-maghdubi 'alaihim wala-ddal-lin; not the path of those who earn Your Anger (such as Jews) nor of those who go astray (such as Christians); all the past sins of the person whose saying (of Amin) coincides with that of the angels, will be forgiven.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab imam “غَيْرِ الْمَغْضُوبِ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلاَ الضَّالِّينَ” kahe to tum ameen kaho, kyou’nke jiski ameen farishto’n ki ameen se ham-aahang hui uske tamam guzihsta gunah moaaf kar diye jaae’nge”. 



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 782

 : Book 10, Hadith 176 





Baab 114: Shumooliyat Saff Se Pehle Rukoo Karna






Narrated Abu Bakra:

I reached the Prophet (ﷺ) in the mosque while he was bowing in prayer and I too bowed before joining the row mentioned it to the Prophet (ﷺ) and he said to me, "May Allah increase your love for the good. But do not repeat it again (bowing in that way)."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Bakra (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Wo Nabi (ﷺ) ke qareeb us waqt pohonche jab aap rukoo mein the. Saff mein shumooliyat se pehle hi unho’n ne rukoo kar liya. Phir jab Nabi (ﷺ) se ye maajra bayan kiya to aap ne farmaya: “Allah Ta’ala tumhare shauq ko mazeed taraqqi de, aainda aisa mat karna”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 783

 : Book 10, Hadith 177

 


Baab 115: Rukoo Mein Poore Taur Par Takbeer Kehna






Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne isey Nabi (ﷺ) se bayan kiya hai, aur Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se bhi uske mutaalliq riwayat maujood hai.


Narrated Imran bin Husain:

I offered the prayer with 'Ali in Basra and he made us remember the prayer which we used to pray with Allah's Apostle (ﷺ). 'Ali said Takbir on each rising and bowing.


Ravi Hazrat Imran bin Hussain (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Ek martaba Hazrat Ali (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke hamraah Basra mein namaz adaa ki to farmaya: Us shakhs (Hazrat Ali (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)) ne hame’n wo namaz yaad dilaadi hai jo ham Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke hamraah padha karte the. Phir unho’n ne kaha ke Aap (ﷺ) jab namaz mein sar uthate aur sar jhukaate to us waqt Allahu Akbar kehte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 784

 : Book 10, Hadith 178
 
: Also see Hadith No. 786, 826 




Narrated Abu Salama:

When Abu Huraira led us in prayer he used to say Takbir on each bowing and rising. On the completion of the prayer, he used to say, "My prayer is more similar to the prayer of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) than that of anyone of you."


Ravi Abu Salama:

Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) logo’n ko namaz padhate to jab bhi jhukte aur uth-te to takbeer kehte the aur jab salaam pherte to farmate ke tumhari nisbat meri namaz Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki namaz se ziyada mushaaba hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 785

 : Book 10, Hadith 179
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
789, 795, 803 





Baab 116: Sajde Mein Poore Taur Par Takbeer Kehna






Narrated Mutarrif bin 'Abdullah:

'Imran bin Husain and I offered the prayer behind Ali bin Abi Talib. When 'Ali prostrated, he said the Takbir, when he raised his head, he said the Takbir and when he got up for the third Rak'a he said the Takbir. On completion of the prayer, Imran took my hand and said, "This (i.e. 'Ali) made me remember the prayer of Muhammad" Or he said, "He led us in a prayer like that of Muhammad."


Ravi Hazrat Mutraf bin Abdullah:

Maine aur Hazrat Imran bin Hussain (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne Hazrat Ali (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke peeche namaz padhi. Aap jab bhi sajda karte to takbeer kehte aur jab bhi sar uthaate to takbeer kehte, isi tarah jab do (2) rakat se uthte to takbeer kehte. Chunache namaz mukammal hone ke baad Hazrat Imran bin Hussain ne mera haath pakad kar farmaya ke unho’n ne mujhe Hazrat Muhammad (ﷺ) ki namaz yaad dilaadi hai, yaa unho’n ne hame’n Muhammad (ﷺ) ki namaz padhaai hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 786

 : Book 10, Hadith 180




Narrated 'Ikrima:

I saw a person praying at Muqam-Ibrahim (the place of Abraham by the Ka'ba) and he was saying Takbir on every bowing, rising, standing and sitting. I asked Ibn Abbas (about this prayer). He admonished me saying: "Isn't that the prayer of the Prophet (ﷺ)?"


Ravi Hazrat Ikrima:

Maine ek (1) aadmi ko muqam-e-Ibrahim ke paas namaz padhte hue dekha ke wo jab bhi jhukta, uthta, khada hota yaa baithta to takbeer kehta. 
Maine Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko bataaya to unho’n ne farmaya: Teri maa’n naho, kya ye Nabi (ﷺ) ki si namaz nahi hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 787

 : Book 10, Hadith 181





Baab 117: Sajda Karke Khade Hote Waqt Takbeer Kehna






Narrated 'Ikrima:

I prayed behind a Sheikh at Mecca and he said twenty two Takbirs (during the prayer). I told Ibn 'Abbas that he (i.e. that Sheikh) was foolish. Ibn 'Abbas admonished me and said, "This is the tradition of Abul-Qasim." 

Ravi Hazrat Ikrima:

Maine Makkah Mukarrama mein ek buzurg ke peeche namaz padhi to unho’n ne (uthte, jhukte waqt) kul 22 takbiraat kahee’n. Maine Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se kaha: Ye to bewaqoof hai. Us par unho’n ne farmaya: Tujhe teri maa’n gumm paae, ye to Abul  Qasim (ﷺ) ki sunnat hai.
Moosa bin Ismail ne kaha ke hame’n Abaan ne hadees bayan ki, unse Qatada ne, unse Hazrat Ikrima ne ye hadees bayan ki hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 788

 : Book 10, Hadith 182



Narrated Abu Huraira: 

Whenever Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) stood for the prayer, he said Takbir on starting the prayer and then on bowing. On rising from bowing he said, "Sami' a-l-lahu liman hamida," and then while standing straight he used to say, "Rabbana laka-l hamd" (Al-Laith said, "(The Prophet (ﷺ) said), 'Walaka-l-hamd'." He used to say Takbir on prostrating and on raising his head from prostration; again he would Say Takbir on prostrating and raising his head. He would then do the same in the whole of the prayer till it was completed. On rising from the second Rak'a (after sitting for At-Tahiyyat), he used to say Takbir.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) jab namaz ke liye khade hote to Allahu Akbar kehte, jab rukoo karte to bhi takbeer kehte. Phir jab rukoo se apni peeth uthaate to “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” “Sami Allahu Liman Hamida” kehte. Uske baad ba-haalat-e-qauma “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” “Rabbana Lakal Hamdu” kehte…

Raawi-e-hadees Abdullah bin Saaleh ne apne ustad Laith se, “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” “Rabbana Lakal Hamdu” ke alfaaz naqal kiye hain. Phir jab (sajde ke liye) jhukte to takbeer kehte. Uske baad jab (sajde se) sar uthaate to bhi takbeer kehte. Phir doosre sajde ke liye Allahu Akbar kehte aur aakhir mein jab doosre sajde se sar uthaate to bhi takbeer kehte. Phir apni tamaam namaz mein aisa hi karte, ta-aa’nke usey poora kar lete. Alaawa azee’n jab tasshahud baithne ke baad do (2) rakat se faraaghat ke baad uthte, to bhi takbeer kehte.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 789

 : Book 10, Hadith 183





Baab 118: Ba-haalat-e-Rukoo Haath Ghutno’n Par Rakhna






Hazrat Abu Humaid Sadi (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne apne shaagirdo’n se bayan kiya hai ke Nabi (ﷺ) (ba-haalat-e-rukoo) apne dono haatho’n ko apne ghutno’n par khoob jamaa kar rakhte the.


Narrated Mus'ab bin Sa'd:

I offered prayer beside my father and approximated both my hands and placed them in between the knees. My father told me not to do so and said, "We used to do the same but we were forbidden (by the Prophet (ﷺ)) to do it and were ordered to place the hands on the knees."


Ravi Hazrat Mus’ab bin Saad:

Maine ek (1) dafa apne baap (Hazrat Saad bin Abi Waqqas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)) ke pehlu mein namaz padhi, to maine apni dono hatheliyo’n ko milaa kar apni raano’n ke darmiyan rakh liya. Mujhe mere waalidne is fe’l se manaa farmaya aur kaha ke ham pehle aisa kiya karte the. Phir hame’n aisa karne se rok diya gaya aur hukum diya gaya ke (dauran-e-rukoo mein) apne haath ghutno’n par rakha kare’n.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 790

 : Book 10, Hadith 184




Baab 119: Agar Koi Shakhs Rukoo Poora Na Kare






Narrated Zaid bin Wahab:

Hudhaifa saw a person who was not performing the bowing and prostrations perfectly. He said to him, "You have not prayed and if you should die you would die on a religion other than that of Muhammad."


Ravi Hazrat Zaid bin Wahab:

Hazrat Huzaifa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne ek (1) shakhs ko dekha ke wo rukoo aur sujood ko poora nahi kar raha tha, to aap ne usey kaha: Toone namaz nahi padhi, agar tujhe isi haalat mein maut aagai to us deen-e-fitrat ke khilaaf marega, jis par Allah Ta’ala ne Hazrat Muhammad (ﷺ) ko paida kiya hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 791

 : Book 10, Hadith 185





Baab 120: Rukoo Mein Peeth Ko Baraabar Karne Ka Bayan






Hazrat Abu Humaid Saa’di (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne apne shaagird ko bayan kiya ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne rukoo kiya, phir aap ne apni peeth ko jhukaa diya.




Baab 121: Rukoo Poora Karne Aur Us Mein Etedaal-o-Tamaaniyat (Itmenaan) Ki Hadd Ka Bayan







Narrated Al-Bara:

The bowing, the prostration the sitting in between the two prostrations and the standing after the bowing of the Prophet (ﷺ) but not Qiyam (standing in the prayer) and Qu'ud (sitting in the prayer) used to be approximately equal (in duration).


Ravi Hazrat Baraa bin Aazib (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ka rukoo, sajda, sajdo’n ke darmiyan baithna aur rukoo ke baad qauma, ye sab taqriban baraabar hote the. Albatta qiyaam aur tasshahud kuch taweel hote the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 792

 : Book 10, Hadith 186
 
: Also see Hadith No. 801, 820 



Baab 122: Nabi (ﷺ) Ka Us Shakhs ko Namaz Dobaara Padhne Ka Hukum Dena Jisne Rukoo Poora Adaa Nahi Kiya Tha.








Wazaahat: Is unwaan ke zariye se Imam Bukhari (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) ne hadees ki tashreeh ki hai, kyou’nke is mein namaz dobaara padhne ki wajah bayan nahi hui thi. Is unwan mein is wajah ko bayan kiya gaya hai ke usne rukoo-o-sujood ko poori tarah adaa nahi kiya tha.




Narrated Abu Huraira:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) entered the mosque, a man came in, offered the prayer and greeted the Prophet (ﷺ). The Prophet (ﷺ) returned his greeting and said to him, "Go back and pray again for you have not prayed." The man offered the prayer again, came back and greeted the Prophet (ﷺ). He said to him thrice, "Go back and pray again for you have not prayed." The man said, "By Him Who has sent you with the truth! I do not know a better way of praying. Kindly teach Me how to pray." He said, "When you stand for the prayer, say Takbir and then recite from the Qur'an what you know and then bow with calmness till you feel at ease, then rise from bowing till you stand straight. Afterwards prostrate calmly till you feel at ease and then raise (your head) and sit with Calmness till you feel at ease and then prostrate with calmness till you feel at ease in prostration and do the same in the whole of your prayer."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) ek (1) dafa masjid mein tashreef laae, to ek (1) aur aadmi bhi masjid mein dakhil hua. Usne namaz padhi, uske baad Nabi (ﷺ) ki khidmat mein haazir ho kar usne salaam arz kiya. Nabi (ﷺ) ne salaam ka jawab diya, aur farmaya: “Waapas jaa, namaz padh, toone namaz nahi padhi”. Usne phir namaz padhi, waapas aaya aur Nabi (ﷺ) ko salaam arz kiya. Aap ne dobaara farmaya: “Jaa, namaz padh, is liye ke toone namaz nahi padhi”. Bahar-haal aisa waqea teen (3) martaba pesh aaya. Bil-aakhir us shakhs ne kaha: Us zaat ki qasam jisne aapko haq de kar bheja hai! Main isse bethar namaz nahi padh sakta. Aap mujhe namaz ki taaleem de’n, (uske baad) aap ne farmaya: “Jab tum namaz ke liye khade ho, to Allahu Akbar kaho, phir quran se jo muyassar ho usey padho, phir rukoo karo. Jab itmenan se rukoo karlo to sar uthakar seedhe khade ho jaao. Uske baad itmenan se sajda karo. Jab itmenan se sajda karlo to sar uthakar itmenan se baith jaao, uske baad (doosra) sajda karo, ta-aa’nke sajde mein tujhe itmenan ho jaae. Phir is tarah apni saari namaz mein karo”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 793

 : Book 10, Hadith 187




Baab 123: Rukoo Mein dua Karna






Narrated 'Aisha:

The Prophet (ﷺ) used to say in his bowing and prostrations, "Subhanaka-Allahumma Rabbana wa-bihamdika Allahumma-ighfirli.' (I honour Allah from all that (unsuitable things) are ascribed to Him. O Allah Our Lord! And all the praises are for You. O, Allah! Forgive me)."


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Nabi (ﷺ) rukoo aur sajde mein ye dua padhte the: “سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَبِحَمْدِكَ، اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي” Subhanaka Allahumma Rabbana Wa Bihamdika Allahummagh Firli.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 794

 : Book 10, Hadith 188
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
817, 4293, 4967, 4968 





Baab 124: Imam Aur Uske Muqtadi Rukoo Se Sar Uthaae’n Too Kya Padhe’n?







Narrated Abu Huraira:

When the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Sami' a-l-lahu Liman hamida," (Allah heard those who sent praises to Him), he would say, "Rabbana wa-laka-l-hamd." On bowing and raising his head from it the Prophet (ﷺ) used to say Takbir. He also used to say Takbir on rising after the two prostrations.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) jab “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida kehte the to uske baad “اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” Allahumma Rabbana Wa Lakal Hamdu bhi kehte. Jab rukoo karte aur rukoo se apna sar uthaate to takbeer kehte. Nez jab dono sajdo’n se faarigh ho kar khade hote to Allahu Akbar kehte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 795

 : Book 10, Hadith 189





Baab 125: “اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ” Kehne Ki Fazilat






Narrated Abu Huraira:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "When the Imam says, "Sami' a-l-lahu Liman hamida," you should say, "Allahumma Rabbana laka-l-hamd." And if the saying of any one of you coincides with that of the angels, all his past sins will be forgiven."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab Imam “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida kahe, to tum “اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا لَكَ الْحَمْدُ” Allahumma Rabbana Wa Lakal Hamdu kaho. Kyou’nke jiska ye kehna farishto’n ke kehne ke mutaabiq hua, uske guzishta gunah moaaf kar diye jaae’nge”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 796

 : Book 10, Hadith 190
 
: Also see Hadith No. 3228 





Baab 126: Bila-unwaan






Narrated Abu Salama:

Abu Hurairah said, "No doubt, my Salat is similar to that of the Prophet (ﷺ)." Abu Hurairah used to recite Qunut after saying Sami' Allahu liman hamida in the last Rak'a of the Zuhr, Isha and Fajr Prayers. He would ask Allah's Forgiveness for the true believers and curse the disbelievers.


Ravi Abu Salama:

Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Yaqeenan main aisee namaz padhta hoo’n, jo Nabi (ﷺ) ki namaz se mushaaba ho. Chunache Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) Zohar, Isha, aur Fajr ki aakhri rakat mein jab Sami Allahu Liman Hamida “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” ke baad qunoot padha karte the, jis mein ahle imaan ke liye dua farmate aur kuffaar par laanat karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 797

 : Book 10, Hadith 191
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
804, 1006, 2932, 4560, 4598, 6200, 6393, 6940 




Narrated Anas:

The Qunut used to be recited in the Maghrib and the Fajr prayers.


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Fajr aur maghrib ki namaz mein qunoot padhi jaati thi.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 798

 : Book 10, Hadith  192




Narrated Rifa'a bin Rafi AzZuraqi:
 
One day we were praying behind the Prophet (ﷺ). When he raised his head from bowing, he said, "Sami'a-l-lahu Liman hamida." 
A man behind him said, "Rabbana walaka-l hamd hamdan Kathiran taiyiban mubarakan fihi" (O our Lord! All the praises are for You, many good and blessed praises). When the Prophet (ﷺ) completed the prayer, he asked, "Who has said these words?" 
The man replied, "I." 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "I saw over thirty angels competing to write it first." 
Prophet (ﷺ) rose (from bowing) and stood straight till all the vertebrae of his spinal column came to a natural position.


Ravi Hazrat Raafia Zurqi (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ham ek din Nabi (ﷺ) ke peeche namaz padh rahe the, jab aap ne rukoo se sar utha kar jab “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida kaha to ek shakhs ne (ba-awaaz-e-buland) “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ، حَمْدًا كَثِيرًا طَيِّبًا مُبَارَكًا فِيهِ ‏” Rabbana Wa Lakal Hamdu Hamdan Kaseeran Toaiyyibam Mubarakan Feehi padha. Jab aap namaz se faarigh hue to farmaya: “Ya kalimaat kisne kahe the?” 
Wo shakhs bola: Maine padhe the. 
Aap ne farmaya: “Maine tees (30) se ziyaada farishto’n ko dekha ke wo in kalimaat ki taraf lapak rahe the ke kaun unhe’n pehle qalam-band kare”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 799

 : Book 10, Hadith 193





Baab 127: Rukoo Se Sar Uthaane Ke Baad Itmenan Se Seedha Khada Hona







Hazrat Abu Humaid Saa’di (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) bayan karte hain ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne (rukoo se) sar uthaaya aur is tarah seedhe khade ho gae ke har jod apni jagah par aagaya.


Narrated Thabit:

Anas used to demonstrate to us the prayer of the Prophet (ﷺ) and while demonstrating, he used to raise his head from bowing and stand so long that we would say that he had forgotten (the prostration).


Ravi Hazrat Saabit:
 
Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) hame’n Nabi (ﷺ) ki namaz ka andaaza bayan karte the, chuanche wo namaz mein khade hote aur jab rukoo se sar uthaate to itni der tak khade rehte ke ham (aapas mein) kehte: Shayad aap bhool gae hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 800

 : Book 10, Hadith 194
 
: Also see Hadith No. 821 




Narrated Al-Bara':

The bowing, the prostrations, the period of standing after bowing and the interval between the two prostrations of the Prophet (ﷺ) used to be equal in duration.


Ravi Hazrat Baraa bin Aazib (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ke rukoo, sajde, rukoo se sar uthaakar (khade hone) aur do (2) sajdo’n ke darmiyan nashist ka dauraaniya (Muqarrara waqt, arsa) taqriban barabar hota tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 801

 : Book 10, Hadith 195


Narrated Aiyub:

Abu Qilaba said, "Malik bin Huwairith used to demonstrate to us the prayer of the Prophet (ﷺ) at times other than that of the compulsory prayers. So (once) he stood up for prayer and performed a perfect Qiyam (standing and reciting from the Holy Qur'an) and then bowed and performed bowing perfectly; then he raised his head and stood straight for a while." Abu Qilaba added, "Malik bin Huwairith in that demonstration prayed like this Sheikh of ours, Abu Yazid." Abu, Yazid used to sit (for a while) on raising his head from the second prostration before getting up.


Ravi Aiyub::

Hazrat Abu Qilaaba ne kaha ke Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) hame’n auqaat-e-namaz ke alaawa Nabi (ﷺ) ki namaz padhkar dikhaya karte the. Chunache ek din wo namaz ke liye khade hue to jamkar qiyaam kiya. Phir rukoo kiya to wo bhi jamkar kiya. Uske baad rukoo se sar uthaaya to thodi der tak seedhe khade rahe. Abu Qilaaba kehte hain ke us waqt Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne hame’n hamaare Shaikh Abu Yazid ki tarah namaz padhai. Aur Abu Yazid jab doosre sajde se sar uthaate to seedhe ho kar baith jaate, phir khade hote the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 802

 : Book 10, Hadith 196




Baab 128: Sajde Ke Liye Allahu Akbar Kehta Hua Jhuke






Hazrat Naafe kehte hain ke Hazrat Ibne Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) (sajda karte waqt) ghutno’n se pehle apne haath (zameen par) rakhte the.


Narrated Abu Bakr bin 'Abdur Rahman Ibn Harith bin Hisham and Abu Salama bin 'Abdur Rahman:

Abu Huraira used to say Takbir in all the prayers, compulsory and optional -- in the month of Ramadan or other months. He used to say Takbir on standing for prayer and on bowing; then he would say, "Salmi'a-l-lahu Liman hamida," and before prostrating he would say "Rabbana walaka-l-hamd." Then he would say Takbir on prostrating and on raising his head from the prostration, then another Takbir on prostrating (for the second time), and on raising his head from the prostration. He also would say the Takbir on standing from the second Rak'a. He used to do the same in every Rak'a till he completed the prayer. On completion of the prayer, he would say, "By Him in Whose Hands my soul is! No doubt my prayer is closer to that of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) than yours, and this was His prayer till he left this world." And Abu Huraira said, "When Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) raised his head from (bowing) he used to say "Sami' a-l-lahu Liman hamida, Rabbana walakal-hamd." He Would invoke Allah for some people by naming them: "O Allah! Save Al-Walid bin Al-Walid and Salama bin Hisham and 'Aiyash bin Abi Rabi'a and the weak and the helpless people among the faithful believers O Allah! Be hard on the tribe of Mudar and let them suffer from famine years like that of the time of Joseph." In those days the Eastern section of the tribe of Mudar was against the Prophet (ﷺ).


Ravi Abu Bakar bin Abdur Rahman aur Abu Salama bin Abdur Rahman (رضي الله عنهم):
 
Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) har namaz mein takbeer kehte the, khwah wo namaz farz ho yaa nafil, maah-e-ramzan mein bhi aur uske alaawa bhi. Jab namaz ke liye khade hote to Allahu Akbar kehte, phir jab rukoo karte to bhi Allahu Akbar kehte, phir (rukoo se uthte waqt) “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida kehte. Baad azaa’n sajda karne se pehle “اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” Allahumma Rabbana Wa Lakal Hamd kehte. Iske jab jab sajde ke liye jhukte to Allahu Akbar kehte, phir jab sajde se sar uthaate to takbeer kehte. Uske baad (doosra) sajda karte to bhi Allahu Akbar kehte. Phir jab sajdo’n se sar uthaate to takbeer kehte, phir jab do (2) rakato’n mein baith kar uthte to bhi Allahu Akbar kehte. Al-gharz har rakat mein isi tarah karte, ta-aa’nke namaz se faarigh ho jaate. Jab apni namaz khatam kar lete to farmate: Mujhe us zaat ki qasam, jiske haath mein meri jaan hai! Yaqeenan main tum sabse Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki namaz se ziyaada mushaabahat rakhta hoo’n. Beshak yehi aap ki namaz hoti thi, ta-aa’nke aap duniya se rukhsat ho gae.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 803

 : Book 10, Hadith 197




Narrated Abu Huraira 

"When Allah's Messenger (ﷺ) raised his head from (bowing) he used to say "Sami`a l-lahu liman hamidah, Rabbana wa laka l-hamd." He Would invoke Allah for some people by naming them:
"O Allah! Save Al-Walid bin Al-Walid and Salama bin Hisham and `Aiyash bin Abi Rabi`a and the weak and the helpless people among the faithful believers O Allah! Be hard on the tribe of Mudar and let them suffer from famine years like that of the time of Joseph." In those days the Eastern section of the tribe of Mudar was against the Prophet.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) jab rukoo se sar uthaate to “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida, “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” Rabbana Wa Lakal Hamdu kehte aur kuch logo’n ke liye unka naam le kar dua karte hue farmaate: “Aye Allah! Waleed bin Waleed, Salama bin Hisham, Iyaas bin Abu Rabia aur Naatawaa’n musalmano ko (kuffaar ke zulm se) najaat de. Aye Allah Qabila-e-Muzar par apni giraft sakht karde aur unhe’n aisee qahet-saali mein mubtalaa karde jaisa ke Hazrat Yusuf (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) ke ahd mein qahet pada tha”. Us waqt ahle mashriq se qabila-e-muzar ke log aapke dushmat the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 804

 : Book 10, Hadith 198




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) fell from a horse and the right side of his body was injured. We went to enquire about his health meanwhile it was time for the prayer and he led the prayer sitting and we also prayed while sitting. On completion of the prayer, he said, "The Imam is to be followed; say Takbir when he says it; bow when he bows; rise when he rises and when he says "Sami'a-l-lahu Liman hamida," say, "Rabbana walaka-lhamd", and prostrate if he prostrates." Sufyan narrated the same from Ma'mar. Ibn Juraij said that his (the Prophet (ﷺ)'s) right leg had been injured.


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ek martaba ghode se gir pade, to aap ki daaee’n jaanib zakhri ho gai. Ham log aap ki khidmat mein timardaari ke liye haazir hue. Itne mein namaz ka waqt aagaya to aap ne hame’n baithkar namaz padhaai aur ham bhi baith gae… Sufiyan raawi ne ek martaba ye alfaaz bayan kiye ke ham ne bhi baith kar namaz padhi… Jab aap adaa kar chuke to farmaya: “Imam is liye banaaya jaata hai ke uski iqteda ki jaae, lehaaza jab wo Allahu Akbar kahe to tum bhi Allahu Akbar kaho aur jab wo rukoo kare to tum bhi rukoo karo aur jab wo sar uthaae to tum bhi sar uthaao, aur jab wo “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida kahe to tum “رَبَّنَا وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” Rabbana Wa Lakal Hamdu kaho, aur jab wo sajda kare to tum bhi sajda karo”.

Hazrat Sufiyan ne kaha: Kya Ma’amar ne is tarah bayan kiya? Maine kaha: Haa’n. Sufiyan ne kaha: Usne khoob yaad rakha. Zohri farmate hain ke mujhe “وَلَكَ الْحَمْدُ” Wa Lakal Hamdu aur “شِقِّهِ الأَيْمَنِ” Shiqquhul Aimanu ke alfaaz yaad hain. Jab Imam Zohri ke paas se waapas aae to Ibne Juraij ne kaha ke main Zohri ke paas the too unho’n ne ye aflaaz bayan kiye: Aap ki daae’n pindli zakhmi ho gai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 805

 : Book 10, Hadith 199





Baab 129: Sajde Ki Fazilat Ka Bayan






Narrated Abu Huraira:
 
The people said, "O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)! Shall we see our Lord on the Day of Resurrection?" He replied, "Do you have any doubt about seeing the full moon on a clear (not cloudy) night?" They replied, "No, O Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)!" 
He said, "Do you have any doubt in seeing the sun when there are no clouds?" 
They replied in the negative. 
He said, "You will see Allah (your Lord) in the same way. On the Day of Resurrection, people will be gathered and He will order the people to follow what they used to worship. So some of them will follow the sun, some will follow the moon, and some will follow other deities, and only this nation (Muslims) will be left with its hypocrites. Allah will come to them and say, 'I am Your Lord.' They will say, 'We shall stay in this place till our Lord comes to us and when our Lord will come, we will recognize Him. Then Allah will come to them again and say, 'I am your Lord.' They will say, 'You are our Lord.' Allah will call them, and As-Sirat (a bridge) will be laid across Hell and I (Muhammad) shall be the first amongst the Apostle (ﷺ)s to cross it with my followers. Nobody except the Apostle (ﷺ)s will then be able to speak and they will be saying then, 'O Allah! Save us. O Allah Save us.'
There will be hooks like the thorns of Sa'dan in Hell. Have you seen the thorns of Sa'dan?" The people said, "Yes." He said, "These hooks will be like the thorns of Sa'dan but nobody except Allah knows their greatness in size and these will entangle the people according to their deeds; some of them will fall and stay in Hell forever; others will receive punishment (torn into small pieces) and will get out of Hell, till when Allah intends mercy on whomever He likes amongst the people of Hell, He will order the angels to take out of Hell those who worshipped none but Him alone. The angels will take them out by recognizing them from the traces of prostrations, for Allah has forbidden the (Hell) fire to eat away those traces. So they will come out of the Fire, and it will eat away from the whole of the human body except for the marks of the prostrations. At that time they will come out of the Fire as mere skeletons. The Water of Life will be poured on them and as a result, they will grow like the seeds growing on the bank of flowing water. Then when Allah had finished the Judgments amongst his creations, one man will be left between Hell and Paradise and he will be the last man from the people of Hell to enter paradise. He will be facing Hell, and will say, 'O Allah! Turn my face from the fire as its wind has dried me and its steam has burnt me.' Allah will ask him, "Will you ask for anything more, in case this favour is granted to you?' He will say, "No by Your (Honor) Power!" And he will give to his Lord (Allah) what he will of the pledges and the covenants. Allah will then turn his face from the Fire. When he will face Paradise and will see its charm, he will remain quiet as long as Allah will. He then will say, 'O my Lord! Let me go to the gate of Paradise.' Allah will ask him, 'Didn't you give pledges and make covenants (to the effect) that you would not ask for anything more than what you requested at first?' He will say, 'O my Lord! Do not make me the most wretched, amongst Your creatures.' Allah will say, 'If this request is granted, will you then ask for anything else?' He will say, 'No! By Your Power! I shall not ask for anything else.' Then he will give to his Lord what He will of the pledges and the covenants. Allah will then let him go to the gate of Paradise. On reaching then and seeing its life, charm, and pleasure, he will remain quiet as long as Allah wills and then will say, 'O my Lord! Let me enter Paradise.' Allah will say, May Allah, be merciful unto you, O son of Adam! How treacherous you are! Haven't you made covenants and given pledges that you will not ask for anything more than what you have been given?' He will say, 'O my Lord! Do not make me the most wretched amongst Your creatures.' So Allah will laugh and allow him to enter Paradise and will ask him to request as much as he likes. He will do so till all his desires have been fulfilled. Then Allah will say, 'Request more of such and such things.' Allah will remind him and when all his desires and wishes; have been fulfilled, Allah will say "All this is granted to you and a similar amount besides."
Abu Said Al-Khudri said to Abu Huraira, 'Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Allah said, 'That is for you and ten times more like it.' "Abu Huraira said, "I do not remember from Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) except (his saying), 'All this is granted to you and a similar amount besides." Abu Sahd said, "I heard him saying, 'That is for you and ten times more the like of it."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Allah ke Rasool! Kya ham roz-e-qiyamat apne parwardigaar ko dekhe’nge? Aap ne farmaya: “Shab-e-Qadar ke chaand jis par koi abr na ho (usey dekhne mein) tumhe’n koi shak hota hai?” 
Shaba Ikram (رضي الله عنهم) ne kaha: Allah ke Rasool! Nahi.
Aap ne faramya: “To kya tum aftaab (ke dekhne) mein shak karte ho, jabke us par abr na ho?” Sahaba Ikraam (رضي الله عنهم) ne kaha: Allah ke Rasool! Hargiz Nahi. 
Aap ne farmaya: “Usi tarah tum apne parwardigaar ko dekhoge. Qiyamat ke din jab log uthaae jaae’nge to Allah Ta’ala Farmaega: Jo (duniya mein) jiski pooja karta tha wo uske peeche jaae, chunache koi to sooraj ke saath ho jaaega aur koi chaand ke peeche ho le ga, aur koi butho’n aur shayateen ke peeche chalega. Baaqi is ummat ke (musalman) log reh jaae’nge jin mein munaafiq bhi ho’nge. Unke paas Allah Ta’ala (ek nai soorat mein) tashreef laaega aur farmaega: Main tumhara Rabb hoo’n. Wo arz kare’nge ham (tujhe nahi pehchaante ham) isi jagah khade rahe’nge. Jab hamaara Rabb hamaare paas aaega to ham usey pehchaan le’nge. Phir Allah Ta’ala unke paas (apni asli shakl-o-soorat mein) jalwa-gar hoga aur farmaega ke main tumhara Rabb hoo’n. To wo kahe’nge: Haa’n tu hamaara Rabb hai. Phir Allah Ta’ala unhe’n bulaaega. Us waqt jahannum ki pusht par pul rakh diya jaaega. Ye sab se pehle main apni ummat ke saath us par se guzru’nga. Us roz rasoolo’n ke alaawa kisi aur ko kalaam ki himmat aur taaqat na hogi”. “Us roz rasool kahe’nge, Ilaahi! Salaamti de. Ilaahi salaamti de. Jahannum mein saadaan ke kaanto’n ki tarah aankde ho’nge. Kya tumne saadaad ke kaante dekhe hain?” 
Sahaaba (رضي الله عنهم) ne arz kiya: Ji haa’n. 
Aap ne farmaya: “Bas wo saadaan ke kaanto’n ki tarah ho’nge, magar unki lambaai Allah ke siwa aur koi nahi jaanta. Wo aankde logo’n ko unke (burey) amaal ke mutaabiq ghaseete’nge. Baaz shakhs to apni bad-amaaliyo’n ki wajah se halaak ho jaae’nge aur kuch zakhmo’n se choor ho kar bach jaae’nge, hatta ke jab Allah Ta’ala ahle jahannum mein se jin par meherbaani karna chaahega to farishto’n ko hukum de ga jo log Allah ki ibaadat karte the wo nikaal liye jaae’n. Chunache farishte unhe’n sajdo’n ke nishanaat se pehchaan kar nikaal le’nge. Kyou’nke Allah Ta’ala ne aag par sajdo’n ke nishanaat ko khana haraam kar diya hai. Un logo’n ko jahannum se is haalat mein nikaala jaaega ke nishanaat-e-sujood ke alaawa unki har cheez ko aag khaa chuki hogi. Ye log koele ki tarah sookhta* haalat mein jahannum se nikle’nge. Phir un par aab-e-hayaat daala jaaega to wo aise numoo** paae’nge jis tarah qudrati beej paani ke bahaao mein ugta hai. Uske baad Allah Ta’ala apne bando’n ka faisla karne se faarigh ho jaaega, lekin ek shakhs jannat aur dozakh ke darmiyan reh jaaega. Wo jahannum se nikal kar jannat mein daakhil hone ke etebaar se aakhri hoga. Uska mu’n dozakh ki jaanib hoga aur wo arz karega: Aye Allah! Mere mu’n dozakh ki taraf se pher de, kyou’nke uski bad-boo ne mujhe jhulsa diya hai aur uske sholey ne mujhe jalaa diya hai. Allah Ta’ala farmaega: Kya tu aainda aisa to nahi karega ke agar tere saath accha sulook kiya jaae to phir uske alaawa kuch aur maange? 
Wo arz karega: Hargiz nahi, teri izzat ki qasam! Phir Allah Ta’ala ko uski mashiyyat ke mutaabiq ehed-o-paemaan denga. Uske baad Allah Ta’ala uska mu’n dozkah ki jaanib se pher de ga. Jab wo Jannat ki taraf mu’n karega to uski tar-o-taazgi aur bahaar dekh kar jitni der tak Allah Ta’ala ko manzoor rahega khamosh rahega. Uske baad kahega: Aye mere parwardigaar! Mujhe Jannat ke darwaaze tak pohchaa de. Allah Ta’ala farmaega: Kya toone is par qaul-o-qaraar na kiya tha ke jo kuch tu maang chuka hai, uske alaawa kisi aur cheez ka mutaalba nahi karega? 
Us par wo arz karega: Aye mere parwardigaar! Teri makhlooq mein sabse badhkar main hi bad-naseeb na ho jaaoo’n. Irshad hoga! Agar tujhe ye bhi ataa kar diya jaae to uske alawa kuch aur sawaal to nahi karega? 
Wo arz-pardaaz*** hoga: Teri buzurgi ki qasam! Main iske alaawa koi aur sawaal nahi karoo’nga. Phir Allah Ta’ala ko uski mashiyyat ke mutaaibq qaul-o-qaraar de ga. Aakhir Allah Ta’ala usey jannat ke darwaze par pohcha de ga aur jab wo jannat ke darwaze ke paas pohoch jaaega, wahaa’n ki shadaabi, taazgi aur farhat dekhkar jitni der Allah ko manzoor hoga khamosh rahega. Phir you’n goya hoga: Aye mere parwardigaar! Mujhe Jannat mein daakhil karde. Allah Ta’ala farmaega: Aye Aadam ke bete! Tujh par afsos, tu kitna ehed-shikan aur dagha-baaz hai? Kya toone is baat ka ehed na kiya tha ke ab main koi darkhwaast nahi karoo’nga?
To wo arz karega: Aye mere parwardigaar! Mujhe apni makhlooq mein sabse ziyada bad-naseeb na kar. Tab uski baato’n par Allah Ta’ala has-de-ga aur usey Jannat mein jaane ki ijaazat de kar farmaega ke khwahish kar, chunache wo khwahish karega, yahaa’n tak ke uski tamaam khwahishaat khatam ho jaaengi to Allah farmaega: Ye-ye cheeze’n aur maang. Uska parwardigaar usey khud yaad dilaaega, yahaa’n tak ke jab uski tamaam khwahishe’n poori ho jaae’ngi to Allah Ta’ala farmaega: Tujhe ye bhi, balke iske misl aur bhi diya jaata hai”. 
Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se kaha ke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne is jagah par farmaya tha: “Allah Ta’ala Farmaega: Tere liye ye bhi aur iske saath das-guna mazeed ghi hai”. Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) goya hue ke mujhe Rasool Allah (ﷺ) se yehi yaad hai ke Allah Ta’ala farmaega: “Tere liye ye aur itna aur hai”.
Hazrat Abu Saeed (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne kaha ke maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko ye farmate suna: “Ye sab kuch tujhe diya aur isse das-guna mazeed bhi diya jaata hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 806

 : Book 10, Hadith 200
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
6573, 7437
 : *Jala hua, jali hui ashyaa, raakh
 : **Badhne ki kaifiyat, badhne ka amal, afzaaish
 : ***Darkhwaast guzaar, arz karne waala 





Baab 130: Dauran-e-Sajda Mein Dono Baazu Kushaada Aur Unhe’n Raano’n Se Door Rakhna







Narrated 'Abdullah bin Malik bin Buhaina:

Whenever the Prophet (ﷺ) used to offer prayer he used to keep his arms away (from the body) so that the whiteness of his armpits was visible.


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Maalik ibne Buhaina (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) jab namaz padhte to apne dono baazuo’n ke darmiyan is qadar kushadgi rakhte ke aap ki baghlo’n ki safedi numayaa’n ho jaati thi.

Lais ne kaha ke mujhe bhi Jafar bin Rabeea ne isi tarah bayan kiya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 807

 : Book 10, Hadith 201




Baab 131: Dauran-e-Sajda Mein Apne Paao’n Ki Ungliyo’n Ko Qibla Rukh Karna







Is (sunnat) ko Hazrat Abu Humaid Saa’di (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne Nabi (ﷺ) se bayan kiya hai.

Wazaahat: Imam Bukhari (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) ne Hazrat Abu Humaid Saa’di (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki hadees ko apni saheeh mein muttasil sanad se bayan kiya hai. [Saheeh Bukhari: Kitab ul Azaan: H828]

Uske alfaaz ye hai ke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne jab sajda kiya to apne dono haath zameen par rakh diye, unhe’n bichaae hue bhi nahi the, aur naa unhe’n samet hi rakha tha, aur paao’n ki ungliyaan qibla-rukh karli thee’n.





Baab 132: Jab Namazi Apna Sajda Poora Na Kare






Narrated Abu Wail:

Hudhaifa said, "I saw a person not performing his bowing and prostrations perfectly. When he completed the prayer, I told him that he had not prayed." I think that Hudhaifa added (i.e. said to the man), "Had you died, you would have died on a tradition other than that of the Prophet (ﷺ) Muhammad."


Ravi Abu Wail:

Hazrat Huzaifa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, unho’n ne ek admi ko dekha ke wo dauran-e-namaz mein apne rukoo-o-sujood ko poora nahi karta tha. Jab wo apni namaz khatam kar chuka to Hazrat Huzaifa (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne usse farmaya: Toone namaz nahi padhi. Mera khayaal hai ke aap ne ye bhi kaha: Agar tu isi haalat par mar gaya to Hazrat Muhammad (ﷺ) ke tareeqe ke khilaaf mare ga.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 808

 : Book 10, Hadith 202





Baab 133: Saat (7) Haddiyo’n Par Sajda Karna






Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) was ordered (by Allah) to prostrate on seven parts and not to tuck up the clothes or hair (while praying). Those parts are the forehead (along with the tip of the nose), both hands, both knees, and (toes of) both feet.



Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ko saat (7) azaa par sajda karne ka hukum diya gaya hai. Nez ye ke wo us dauran mein apne baalo’n ko na samete’n aur na apne kapdo’n ko ekattha kare’n. (Wo azaa) Peshaani, dono haath, dono ghutne, aur dono paao’n hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 809

 : Book 10, Hadith 203
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
810, 812, 815, 816 




Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "We have been ordered to prostrate on seven bones and not to tuck up the clothes or hair."


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Hame’n hukum diya gaya hai ke ham saat (7) haddiyo’n par sajda kare’n. Nez us dauran mein apne baalo’n aur kapdo’n ko na samete’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 810

 : Book 10, Hadith 204


Narrated Al-Bara' bin 'Azib:

(And he was not a liar) We used to pray behind the Prophet (ﷺ) and when he said, "Sami' a-l-lahu Liman hamida", none of us would bend his back (to go for prostration) till the Prophet (ﷺ) had placed his, forehead on the ground.


Ravi Hazrat Baraa bin Aazib (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

(Wo jhoote aadmi nahi the) Ham Nabi (ﷺ) ke peeche namaz padhte the. Jab Aap “سَمِعَ اللَّهُ لِمَنْ حَمِدَهُ” Sami Allahu Liman Hamida kehte to ham mein se koi shakhs apni peeth na jhukaata jab tak Nabi (ﷺ) apni peshaani zameen par na rakh dete.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 811

 : Book 10, Hadith 205





Baab 134: Naak Par Sajda Karne Ka Bayan






Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "I have been ordered to prostrate on seven bones i.e. on the forehead along with the tip of the nose and the Prophet (ﷺ) pointed towards his nose, both hands, both knees and the toes of both feet and not to gather the clothes or the hair."


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Mujhe saat (7) haddiyo’n par sajda karne ka hukum diya gaya hai. Peshaani par, aur apne haath se naak ki taraf ishaara kiya, dono haatho’n, dono ghutno’n aur dono paao’n ki ungliyo’n par. Isi tarah ham dauran-e-sajda mein na kapdo’n ko samete’n, aur naa baalo’n ka jooda banaae’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 812

 : Book 10, Hadith 206





Baab 135: Keechad Mein Naak Par Sajda Karna






Narrated Abu Salama:

Once I went to Abu- Sa'id Al-Khudri and asked him, "Won't you come with us to the date-palm trees to have a talk?" 
So Abu Said went out and I asked him, "Tell me what you heard from the Prophet (ﷺ) about the Night of Qadr." 
Abu Said replied, "Once Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) performed I'tikaf (seclusion) on the first ten days of the month of Ramadan and, we did the same with him. Gabriel came to him and said, 'The night you are looking for is ahead of you.' So the Prophet (ﷺ) performed the I'tikaf in the middle (second) ten days of the month of Ramadan and we too performed I'tikaf with him. Gabriel came to him and said, 'The night which you are looking for is ahead of you.' In the morning of the 20th of Ramadan, the Prophet (ﷺ) delivered a sermon saying, 'Whoever has performed I'tikaf with me should continue it. I have been shown the Night of "Qadr", but have forgotten its date, but it is on the odd nights of the last ten nights. I saw in my dream that I was prostrating in mud and water.' In those days the roof of the mosque was made of branches of date-palm trees. At that time the sky was clear and no cloud was visible, but suddenly a cloud came and it rained. The Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the prayer and I saw the traces of mud on the forehead and on the nose of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ). So it was the confirmation of that dream."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Salama bin Abdur Rahman:

Main Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki khidmat mein haazir hua. Unke paas jaakar maine arz kiya ke tabaadla-e-khyalaat ke liye aap is nakhlistaan mein hamaare saath kyou’n nahi jaate? Chunache aap nikle. Maine arz kiya ke shab-e-qadar ke mutaalliq aap ne Nabi (ﷺ) se jo suna hai usey bayan kare’n. Unho’n ne farmaya: Ek martaba Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne ramzan ke pehle ashre mein etekaaf kiya aur ham bhi aapke saath etekaaf baith gae. Lekin Hazrat Jibraeel (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) aapke paas tashreef laae aur farmaya ke jis cheez ke aap mutalaashi hain wo aagey hai. Chunache aap ne doosre ashre ka etekaaf farmaya aur ham bhi aapke saath etekaaf baith gae. Hazrat Jibraeel (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) dobaara tashreef laae aur kehne lagey ke aap jis cheez ki talash mein hai, wo aagey hai. Phir Nabi (ﷺ) ne beeswee’n (20th) ramzan ki subah ko khutba irshad farmaya aur hukum diya: “Jo shakhs Nabi-e-Akram (ﷺ) ke saath etekaaf baith chuka hai, wo dobaara etekaaf kare, kyou’nke mujhe shab-e-qadar khwaab mein dikha di gai, lekin uska taayyun* mujhe bhula diya gaya hai. Albatta wo aakhri ashre ki taaq raato’n (21, 23, 25, 27, 29) mein hai. Maine khud ko khwaab mein mitti aur paani mein sajda karte dekha hai”. Un dino’n masjid ki chatt khajoor ki tehniyo’n ki thi. Ham aasmaan par koi abr waghaira nahi dekhte the, yaane matlaa’** bilkul saaf tha. Itne mein ek (1) baadal ka tukda aaya aur ham par barasne laga. Phir Nabi (ﷺ) ne hame’n namaz padhaai, ta-aa’nke maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki peshaani aur naak par keechad ke nishanaat dekhe. Ye aapke khwaab ki tasdeeq thi.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 813

 : Book 10, Hadith 207
 
*Muaiyyan karna, mahdood karna, makhsoos karna
 : ** Fiza, aasmaan (baadal hone ya na hone kaifiyat)





Baab 136: Namaz Ke Waqt Kapdo’n Ko Girah Lagaana Aur Unhe’n Baandhna, Nez Satar Khulne Ke Andeshe Ke Pesh-e-Nazar Unhe’n Sametna








Narrated Sahl bin Sa'd:

The people used to pray with the Prophet (ﷺ) tying their Izars around their necks because of their small sizes and the women were directed that they should not raise their heads from the prostrations till the men had sat straight.


Ravi Hazrat Sahal bin Saad (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Log Nabi (ﷺ) ke saath namaz padhte the aur chadaro’n ke chote hone ki wajah se unhe’n gardano’n se baandhe hote the, chunache aurto’n se keh diya: “Jab tak mard seedhe ho kar baith na jaae’n tum us waqt tak apne sar sajde se naa uthaao”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 814

 : Book 10, Hadith 208





Baab 137: Namazi Apne Baalo’n Ko Na Samete






Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) was ordered to prostrate on seven bony parts and not to tuck up his clothes or hair.


Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)

Nabi (ﷺ) ko 7 haddiyo’n par sajda karne ka hukum diya gaya, nez ye bhi kaha gaya ke aap dauran-e-namaz mein apne baalo’n aur kapdo’n ko na samete’n.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 815

 : Book 10, Hadith 209





Baab 138: Dauran-e-Namaz Mein Apne Kapdo’n Ko Na Samete







Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "I have been ordered to prostrate on seven (bones) and not to tuck up the hair or garment."


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Mujhe hukum diya gaya hai ke main saat (7) haddiyo’n par sajda karoo’n aur dauran-e-namaz mein apne baalo’n ko na sameto’n aur na kapdo’n hi ko ekattha karoo’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 816

 : Book 10, Hadith 210





Baab 139: Sajde Mein Tasbeeh Padhna Aur Dua Karna






Narrated 'Aisha:

The Prophet (ﷺ) used to say frequently in his bowing and prostrations "Subhanaka-Allahumma Rabbana Wabihamdika, Allahumma Ighfir-li" (I honour Allah from all what (unsuitable things) is ascribed to Him, O Allah! Our Lord! All praises are for You. O, Allah! Forgive me). In this way, he was acting on what was explained to him in the Holy Qur'an.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) ba-kasrat apne rukoo aur saje mein ye dua padha karte the. “سُبْحَانَكَ اللَّهُمَّ رَبَّنَا وَبِحَمْدِكَ، اللَّهُمَّ اغْفِرْ لِي” Is tarah aap qurani hukum ki taameel karte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 817

 : Book 10, Hadith 211





Baab 140: Dono’n Sajdo’n Ke Darmiyan Therne Ka Bayan






Narrated Abu Qilaba:
 
Once Malik bin Huwairith said to his friends, "Shall I show you how Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to offer his prayers?" 
And it was not the time for any of the compulsory congregational prayers. So he stood up (for the prayer) bowed and said the Takbir, then he raised his head and remained standing for a while and then prostrated and raised his head for a while (sat up for a while). He prayed like our Sheikh 'Amr Ibn Salama. (Aiyub said, "The latter used to do a thing which I did not see the people doing i.e. he used to sit between the third and the fourth Rak'a). 
IMalik bin Huwairith said, "We came to the Prophet (ﷺ) (after embracing Islam) and stayed with him. He said to us, 'When you go back to your families, pray such and such a prayer at such and such a time, pray such and such a prayer at such and such a time, and when there is the time for the prayer then only of you should pronounce the Adhan for the prayer and the oldest of you should lead the prayer."


Ravi Abu Qilaba:

Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne ek (1) martaba apne shaagirdo’n se farmaya: Kya main tumhe’n Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki namaz ke mutaalliq khabar na doo’n? 
Raawi-e-hadees kehta hai ke wo kisi farz namaz ka waqt na tha. Aap khade hue aur qiyaam kiya, phir rukoo kiya. Baad azaa’n Allah Akbar kaha. Iske baad apna sar uthaya aur thodi der tak uthaae rakha. Phir sajde mein chale gae. Phir thodi der tak apna sar uthaae rakha. Is tarah unho’n ne hamaare shaikh Amr bin Salama ki si namaz padhi. Raawi-e-hadees Hazrat Ayyub kehte hain ke wo ek aisa kaam karte the jo ham ne aur logo’n ko karte nahi dekha. Chunache wo teesri aur chauthi rakat (ke darmiyan) mein baitha karte the.
Unho’n (Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)) ne kaha ke ham (islam laane ke baad) Nabi (ﷺ) ki khidmat mein haazir hue aur kuch arsa ham ne aapke paas qiyaam kiya to aap ne farmaya: “Agar tum apne ahel-o-ayaal mein waapas jaao to is tarah un auqaat mein namaz adaa kiya karo, falaa’n namaz, falaa’n waqt mein padha karo. Lehaza jab namaz ka waqt aajaae to tum mein se koi azaan kehde, aur imaamat tum mein se wo karaae jo umr mein bada ho”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 818, 819

 : Book 10, Hadith 212




Narrated Al-Bara':
 
The time taken by the Prophet (ﷺ) in prostrations, bowing, and the sitting interval between the two prostrations were about the same.



Ravi Hazrat Baraa bin Aazib (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) ka sajda rukoo aur do (2) sajdo’n ke darmiyan baithna taqriban baraabar hota tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 820

 : Book 10, Hadith 213


Narrated Thabit:
 
Anas said, "I will leave no stone unturned in making you offer the prayer as I have seen the Prophet (ﷺ) making us offer it." Anas used to do a thing which I have not seen you doing. He used to stand after the bowing for such a long time that one would think that he had forgotten (the prostrations) and he used to sit in-between the prostrations for so long that one would think that he had forgotten the second prostration.


Ravi Thabit:

Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya ke main us amr mein kotaahi nahi karoo’nga ke tumhe’n aise namaz padhau’n jaisa ke maine Nabi (ﷺ) koo namaz padhate dekha hai. (Raawi-e-hadees) Hazrat Saabit kehte hain ke Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ek (1) aisa kaam karte the ke maine tumhe’n wo kaam karte nahi dekha. Wo jab rukoo se apna sar uthaate to itni der khade rehte ke kehne waala kehta: Shayad aap (sajda karna) bhool gae. Aur dono sajdo’n ke darmiyan itni der tak baithe rehte ke kehne waala kehta: Shayad aap (doosra sajda) bhool gae hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 821

 : Book 10, Hadith 214





Baab 141: Namazi Dauran-e-Sajda Mein Apni Kohniyaa’n (Zameen Par) Na Bichaae







Hazrat Abu Humaid Saa’di (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) bayan karte hain ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne sajda kiya aur apne dono’n haath (zameen par) rakh diye, na unhe’n bichae hue the, aur na unhe’n samite hote the.




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Be straight in the prostrations and none of you should put his forearms on the ground (in the prostration) like a dog."



Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Sajde mein etedaal karo aur tum mein se koi apni kalaaiyaa’n is tarah na phailaae jis tarah kutta bachata hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 822

 : Book 10, Hadith 215




Baab 142: Jo Shakhs Apni Namaz Ki Taaq Rakaat Mein Seedha Ho Kar Baithe Phir Khada Ho







Wazaahat: Taaq rakat se muraad pehli aur teesri rakat hain. Un mein aakhri sajde se faraaghat ke baad acchi tarah seedhe ho kar baithne ke baad khade hone ko jalsa-e-isteraahat kehte hain. Ye masnoon hai jaisa ke aainda ahadees mein saraahat se bayan hoga.




Narrated Malik bin Huwairith Al-Laithi:

I saw the Prophet (ﷺ) praying and in the odd Rakat, he used to sit for a moment before getting up.


Ravi Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Unho’n ne Nabi (ﷺ) ko namaz padhte dekha jab aap taaq rakat mein hote to us waqt tak na uthte jab tak seedhe ho kar acchi tarah baith na lete.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 823

 : Book 10, Hadith 216





Baab 143: Namazi Apni Rakat Se Uthte Waqt Zameen Ka Kis Tarah Sahara Le?







Narrated Aiyub:

Abu Qilaba said, "Malik bin Huwairith came to us and led us in the prayer in this mosque of ours and said, 'I lead you in prayer but I do not want to offer the prayer but just to show you how Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) performed his prayers." 
I asked Abu Qilaba, "How was the prayer of Malik bin Huwairith?"
He replied, "Like the prayer of this Sheikh of ours-- i.e. 'Amr bin Salima." That Sheikh used to pronounce the Takbir perfectly and when he raised his head from the second prostration he would sit for a while and then support himself on the ground and get up.


Ravi Ayyub:

Hazrat Abu Qilaaba se riwayat hai, unho’n ne kaha ke ek (1) martaba Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) hamaare paas aae aur hamari is masjid mein hame’n namaz padhai, nez farmaya ke main tumhe’n namaz padhata hoo’n. Mera namaz padhne ka irada nahi lekin main tumhe’n dikhana chahta hoo’n ke maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko namaz padhte hue kis tarah dekha? 
(Raawi-e-hadees) Ayyub kehte hain ke maine Abu Qilaaba se kaha: To phir Hazrat Maalik bin Huwairis (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki namaz kaisi thi? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Hamaare is shaikh, yaane Amr bin Salama ki namaz ki tarah. Ayyub kehte hain ke wo shaikh poori tarah “Allahu Akbar” kehte aur jab apna sar doosre sajde se uthate to baith jaate, zameen par tek lagaakar phir uthte the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 824

 : Book 10, Hadith 217





Baab 144: Do (2) Rakat Se Uthte Waqt “Allahu Akbar” Kehna






Hazrat Abdullah bin Zubair (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) uthte waqt “Allahu Akbar” kehte the.


Narrated Said bin Al-Harith:

Abu Said led us in the prayer and said the Takbir aloud on arising from the prostration, and on prostrating, on rising again, and on getting up from the second Rak'a. Abu Said said, "I saw the Prophet (ﷺ) doing the same."


Ravi Hazrat Saeed bin Haaris:

Hame’n ek (1) martaba Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne namaz padhai to jis waqt unho’n ne apna sar (pehle) sajde se uthaya, phir jab sajda kiya aur jab unho’n ne (doosre sajde se) sar uthaya aur jab do (2) rakato’n se uthe to ba-awaaz-e-buland “Allahu Akbar” kaha. Phir unho’n ne farmaya: Maine Nabi (ﷺ) ko aisa karte dekha hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 825

 : Book 10, Hadith 218




Narrated Mutarrif:

'Imran and I prayed behind 'Ali bin Abi Talib and he said Takbir on prostrating, on rising and on getting up after the two Rakat (i.e. after the second Rak'a). When the prayer was finished, 'Imran took me by the hand and said, "He ('Ali) has prayed the prayer of Muhammad" (or said, "He made us remember the prayer of Muhammad)."


Ravi Hazrat Mutraf:

Maine aur Hazrat Imran bin Hussain (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne ek martaba Hazrat Ali (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke peeche namaz padhi, chunache wo jab sajda karte to takbeer kehte, jab sajde se sar uthate to takbeer kehte aur jab do (2) rakato’n se uthte to bhi takbeer kehte. Jab unho’n ne salaam phera to Hazrat Imran bin Hussain (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne mera haath pakda aur farmaya: Unho’n ne hame’n Hazrat Muhammad (ﷺ) ki namaz padhai yaa kaha ke unho’n ne hame’n Hazrat Muhammad (ﷺ) ki namaz yaad dilaa di.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 826

 : Book 10, Hadith 219





Baab 145: Tasshahud Mein Baithne Ka Masnoon Tareeqa






Hazrat Umme Darda (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) faqeeha thee’n aur wo namaz mein mardo’n ki tarah baitha karti thee’n.


Narrated 'Abdullah bin 'Abdullah:

I saw 'Abdullah bin 'Umar crossing his legs while sitting in the prayer and I, a mere youngster in those days, did the same. Ibn 'Umar forbade me to do so, and said, "The proper way is to keep the right foot propped up and bend the left in the prayer." 
I said, "But you are doing so (crossing the legs)." 
He said, "My feet cannot bear my weight."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Abdullah:

Maine apne baap Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko dekha wo namaz mein chaar (4) zaanu* baithte the. Main choo’nke nau-umr tha, is liye maine bhi aisa kiya to Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne mujhe manaa kar diya aur farmaya ke namaz mein baithne ka sunnat tareeqa ye hai ke tum apna daayaa’n paao’n khada karo aur baayaa’n paao’n phaila do. Maine kaha aa paisa kyou’n karte hain? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Meri taange’n mera boojh nahi utha saktee’n.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 827

 : Book 10, Hadith 220
 
*Aalti-paalti maare hue




Narrated Muhammad bin 'Amr bin 'Ata':

I was sitting with some of the companions of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) and we were discussing the way of praying of the Prophet (ﷺ). Abu Humaid As-Saidi said, "I remember the prayer of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) better than any one of you. I saw him raising both his hands up to the level of his shoulders on saying the Takbir; and on bowing he placed his hands on both knees and bent his back straight, then he stood up straight from bowing till all the vertebrate took their normal positions. In prostrations, he placed both his hands on the ground with the forearms away from the ground and away from his body, and his toes were facing the Qibla. On sitting In the second Rak'a he sat on his left foot and propped up the right one, and in the last Rak'a he pushed his left foot forward and kept the other foot propped up and sat over the buttocks "


Ravi Hazrat Muhammad bin Amr bin Ataa:

Wo Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke chand ashaab ke saath baithe hue the. Us dauran mein Nabi (ﷺ) ki namaz ka zikr hone laga to Hazrat Abu Humaid Saa’di (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne farmaya: Mujhe Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki namaz tum sab se ziyaada yaad hai. Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko dekha ke aapne takbeer-e-tehreema kahi to apne dono haath kandho’n ke baraabar le gae. Aur jab aap ne rukoo kiya to dono’n haath apne ghutno’n par jamaa liye, phir apni kamar ko khameeda* kiya. Aur jab aap ne sar uthaaya to aise seedhe khade hue ke har haddi apni jagah par aagai aur jab aap ne sajda kiya to aap dono’n haatho’n ko bichaae hue the aur na hi samite hue the aur paao’n ki ungliyaa’n qibla-rukh thee’n. Aur jab do (2) rakato’n mein baithte to baayaa’n paao’n peecha kar baithe aur daayaa’n paao’n khada rakhte. Aur jab aakhri rakat mein baithte to baayaa’n paao’n aage karte aur daayaa’n paao’n khada rakhte, phir apni nashisht-gaah ke bil baith jaate.

Lais ne Yazid bin Abi Habib se, Yazeed bin Abi Habib ne Muhammad bin Amr bin Halhalah se aur Ibne Halhalah ne Ibne Ataa se is hadees ko suna aur Abu Saaleh ne Hazrat Lais se “Faqaar” ka lafz bayan kiya hai. (Isi tarah) Ibne Mubarak ne apni sanad se “Kullu Faqaar” ke alfaaz bayan kiye hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 828

 : Book 10, Hadith 221
 
*Jhuka hua, kham khaaya hua, muda hua



Baab 146: Jo Shakhs Pehle Tasshahud Ko Waajib Khayaal Nahi Karta







Kyou’nke Nabi (ﷺ) do (2) rakat ke baad khade ho gae aur waapas nahi aae.


Narrated 'Abdullah bin Buhaina:

(He was from the tribe of Uzd Shan'u'a and was the ally of the tribe of 'Abdul-Manaf and was one of the companions of the Prophet (ﷺ)): Once the Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the Zuhr prayer and stood up after the second Rak'a and did not sit down. The people stood up with him. When the prayer was about to end and the people were waiting for him to say the Taslim, he said Takbir while sitting and prostrated twice before saying the Taslim and then he said the Taslim."


Hazrat Abdullah bin Maalik Ibne Buhaina (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)

…. Jo Qabila-e-Azd-e-Shanooah se hain aur Banu Abd Manaaf ke haleef, nez Nabi (ﷺ) ke ashaab se the… se riwayat hai ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne ek (1) din unhe’n namaz-e-zohar padhai aur pehli do (2) rakat ke baad baithne ke bajaae khade hogae. Log bhi aapke saath khade ho gae jab aap apni namaz poori kar chuke to log intezaar mein the ke ab salaam phere’nge aap ne baithe hi baithe Allahu Akbar kaha, salaam se pehle do (2) sajde kiye phir salaam phera.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 829

 : Book 10, Hadith 222
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
830, 1224, 1225, 1230, 6670 





Baab 147: Pehle Qaaeda Mein Tasshahud Ka Bayan






Narrated 'Abdullah bin Malik bin Buhaina:

Once Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) led us in the Zuhr prayer and got up (after the prostrations of the second Rak'a) although he should have sat (for the Tashah-hud). So at the end of the prayer, he prostrated twice while sitting (prostrations of Sahu).


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Maalik Ibne Buhaina (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne hame’n ek (1) din namaz-e-zohar padhai. Aap khade ho gae, halaa’nke aap ke zimme baithna tha. Phir namaz ke aakhir mein baithe-baithe aap ne do (2) sajde kiye.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 830

 : Book 10, Hadith 223




Baab 148: Aakhir Qaaeda Mein Tasshahud Ka Bayan






Narrated Shaqlq bin Salama:

'Abdullah said, "Whenever we prayed behind the Prophet (ﷺ) we used to recite (in sitting) 'Peace be on Gabriel, Michael, peace be on so and so. Once Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) looked back at us and said, 'Allah Himself is As-Salam (Peace), and if anyone of you prays then he should say, 

At-Tahiyatu lil-lahi wassalawatu wat-taiyibatu. AsSalamu 'alalika aiyuha-n-Nabiyu wa rahmatu-l-lahi wa barakatuhu. As-Salam alaina wa ala ibadil-lah is-salihin. 
(All the compliments, prayers and good things are due to Allah: peace be on you, O Prophet (ﷺ) and Allah's mercy and blessings are on you. Peace be on us an on the true pious slaves of Allah). 

(If you say that, it will be for all the slaves in heaven and the earth). 

Ash-hadu an la-ilaha illa-l-lahu wa ash-hadu anna Muhammadan 'abduhu wa Rasuluhu. 
(I testify that none has the right to be worshipped but Allah and I also testify that Muhammad is His slave and His Apostle (ﷺ))."


Ravi Shaqlq bin Salama:

Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai ke ham Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke peeche namaz mein ye padha karte the: Jibraeel aur Mikaeel par salaam ho. Falaa’n aur falaa’n par salaam ho, to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) hamari taraf mutawajja hue aur farmaya: “Allah Ta’ala to khud hi salaam hai, lehaaza tum mein se jab koi namaz padhe to kahe:

التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ، وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ

Tamaam qauli, badani, aur maali ibadaat Allah ke liye khaas hain. Aye Nabi! Aap par Allah ki rahmat, salaamti aur barkate’n ho’n, nez ham par aur Allah ke (doosre) nek bando’n par bhi salaamti ho.

“Jab tum ye duaiya kalimaat kahoge to Allah ke har nek bande ko pohonch jaae’nge, khwah wo aasmaan mein ho ya zameen mein… ”

أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ

Main gawaahi deta hoo’n ke Allah ke siwa koi maabood-e-bar-haq nahi aur main gawaahi deta hoo’n ke Hazrat Muhammad (ﷺ) Allah ke bande aur uske rasool hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 831

 : Book 10, Hadith 224 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
835, 1202, 6230, 6265, 6328, 7381 





Baab 149: Salam Se Pehle Dua Ka Bayan






Narrated 'Aisha:

(The wife of the Prophet (ﷺ)) Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to invoke Allah in the prayer saying:

"Allahumma inni a'udhu bika min adhabil-qabri, wa a'udhu bika min fitnatil-masihid-dajjal, wa a'udhu bika min fitnatil-mahya wa fitnatil-mamati. Allahumma inni a'udhu bika minal-ma thami wal-maghrami. 
(O Allah, I seek refuge with You from the punishment of the grave and from the afflictions of Masi,h Ad-Dajjal and from the afflictions of life and death. O Allah, I seek refuge with You from the sins and from being in debt)." 

Somebody said to him, "Why do you so frequently seek refuge with Allah from being in debt?" 
The Prophet (ﷺ) replied, "A person in debt tells lies whenever he speaks, and breaks promises whenever he makes (them)."


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) namaz mein ye dua kiya karte the:

اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ عَذَابِ الْقَبْرِ وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَسِيحِ الدَّجَّالِ، وَأَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنْ فِتْنَةِ الْمَحْيَا وَفِتْنَةِ الْمَمَاتِ، اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي أَعُوذُ بِكَ مِنَ الْمَأْثَمِ وَالْمَغْرَمِ

“Aye Allah! Main azaab-e-qabar se teri panaah maangta hoo’n aur fitna-e-dajjaal se teri panaah talab karta hoo’n, zindagi aur maut ke fitne se teri panaah mein aata hoo’n. Aye Allah! Main gunah aur qarz se teri panaah ka taalib hoo’n"

Aap 
(ﷺ) se kisi ne arz kiya: Aap qarz se bohot panaah maangte hain? 
Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Insan jab qarzdaar ho jaata hai to baat karte waqt jhoot bolta hai aur jab waada karta hai to uski khilaaf-warzi karta hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 832

 : Book 10, Hadith 225
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
833, 2397, 6368, 6375, 6376, 6377, 7129 




Narrated 'Aisha: 

I heard Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) in his prayer seeking refuge with Allah from the afflictions of Ad-dajjal.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko namaz mein fitna-e-dajjaal se panaah maangte hue suna.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 833

 : Book 10, Hadith 226




Narrated Abu Bakr As-Siddiq:

I asked Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) to teach me an invocation so that I may invoke Allah with it in my prayer. He told me to say, 

"Allahumma inni zalumtu nafsi zulman kathiran, Wala yaghfirudhdhunuba illa anta faghfirli maghfiratan min 'Indika, war-hamni innaka antal-ghafururrahim 
(O Allah! I have done great injustice to me and none except You forgives sins, so please forgive me and be Merciful to me, as You are the Forgiver, the Merciful)."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Bakar Siddiq (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Unho’n ne Rasool Allah (ﷺ) se arz kiya ke aap mujhe koi aisee dua sikha de’n jo main namaz mein padha karoo’n. Aap ne farmaya: “Ye padha karo”

اللَّهُمَّ إِنِّي ظَلَمْتُ نَفْسِي ظُلْمًا كَثِيرًا وَلاَ يَغْفِرُ الذُّنُوبَ إِلاَّ أَنْتَ، فَاغْفِرْ لِي مَغْفِرَةً مِنْ عِنْدِكَ، وَارْحَمْنِي إِنَّكَ أَنْتَ الْغَفُورُ الرَّحِيمُ

“Aye Allah! Maine apne aap par bohot zulm kiya aur gunaho’n ko tere siwa koi moaaf karne waala nahi, is liye tu mujhe apni taraf se moaaf karde aur mujh par meherbaani karde, yaqeenan toohi bohot bakhshne waala nihayat meherban hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 834

 : Book 10, Hadith 227
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
6326, 7388 





Baab 150: Tasshahud Ke Baad Apni Pasandeeda Dua Karna, Lekin Ye Waajib Nahi Hai







Narrated 'Abdullah:
 
When we prayed with the Prophet (ﷺ) we used to say, "Peace be on Allah from His slaves and peace be on so and so." The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Don't say As-Salam be on Allah, for He Himself is As-Salam, but say,

'At-tahiyatu lil-lahi was-salawatu wat-taiyibatu. As-salamu 'Alaika aiyuhan-Nabiyu warahmatu-llahi wa barakatuhu. As-salamu 'alaina wa 'ala ibadillahis-salihin. 
(If you say this then it will be for all the slaves in heaven or between heaven and earth). 

Ashhadu an la-ilaha illallahu wa ashhadu anna Muhammadan 'Abduhu wa Rasuluhu.' 

Then select the invocation you like best and recite it."


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Jab ham Nabi (ﷺ) ke peeche namaz padhte to you’n kehte: Allah ke bando’n ki taraf se us par salaamti ho. To Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Aisa na kaho ke Allah par salaamti ho, Allah to khud saraapa salaamti hai, albatta you’n kaha karo:”

التَّحِيَّاتُ لِلَّهِ، وَالصَّلَوَاتُ وَالطَّيِّبَاتُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْكَ أَيُّهَا النَّبِيُّ وَرَحْمَةُ اللَّهِ وَبَرَكَاتُهُ، السَّلاَمُ عَلَيْنَا وَعَلَى عِبَادِ اللَّهِ الصَّالِحِينَ

“Tamaam qauli, badani aur maali ibaadaat sirf Allah ke liye hain. Salaamti ho aap par aye Allah ke Nabi! Uski rahmat aur barkat ka nuzool ho. Ham par bhi salaamti ho aur Allah ke nek bando’n par bhi…”

“Jab tum aisa kahoge to ye salaamti Allah ke har us bande ko pohonch jaaegi jo aasmaano’n mein hai yaa zameen-o-aasmaan ke darmiyan hai”.

أَشْهَدُ أَنْ لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ، وَأَشْهَدُ أَنَّ مُحَمَّدًا عَبْدُهُ وَرَسُولُهُ

“Main gawaahi deta hoo’n ke Allah ke siwa koi maabood bar-haq nahi aur main gawaahi deta hoo’n ke Hazrat Muhammad (ﷺ) Allah ke bande aur uske Rasool hain”.
“Uske baad jo dua usey pasand ho padhe”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 835

 : Book 10, Hadith 228





Baab 151: Jo Shakhs Apni Peshaani Aur Naak Se Mitti Waghaira Namaz Khatam Hone Tak Saaf Nahi Karta







Abu Abdullah (Imam Bukhari) (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) kehte hain ke Shaikh-e-Mohtaram Imam Humaidi is amr par darj-e-zel hadees bataur-e-daleel pesh karte the ke dauran-e-namaz mein apni peshaani se mitti waghaira saaf karna durust nahi hai.




Narrated Abu Said Al-Khudri:

I saw Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) prostrating in mud and water and saw the mark of mud on his forehead.


Ravi Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Maine Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko paani aur mitti mein sajda karte hue dekha, hatta ke mitti ke nishanaat (namaz ke baad) aap ki peshaani par nazar aarahe the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 836

 : Book 10, Hadith 229





Baab 152: Salam Pherne Ka Bayan






Narrated Um Salama:

Whenever Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) finished his prayers with Taslim, the women would get up and he would stay on for a while in his place before getting up. 
Ibn Shihab said, "I think (and Allah knows better), that the purpose of his stay was that the women might leave before the men who had finished their prayer. "


Ravi Hazrat Umme Salama (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) jab salaam pherte the to khawateen aapke salaam pherte hi khadi ho kar apne gharo’n ko rawaana ho jaati thee’n aur aap khade hone se pehle kuch der theher jaate.
Ibne Shahab kehte hain ke asal ilm to Allah Ta’ala ko hai, albatta jo main samjha hoo’n wo ye hai ke aap is liye kuch der thehre rehte the, taake khawateen jaldi chali jaae’n qabl-azee’n ke mard hazraat namaz se faarigh ho kar unhe’n paa sake’n.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 837

 : Book 10, Hadith 230
 
: Also see Hadith No. 849, 850 



Baab 153: Imam Ke Salaam Ke Saath Muqtadi Bhi Salam Pherde







Hazrat Ibne Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) is baat ko pasand karte the ke jab imam salaam phere to peeche waale bhi usi waqt salaam pher de’n.

Narrated 'Itban bin Malik:

We prayed with the Prophet (ﷺ) and used to finish our prayer with the Taslim along with him.


Ravi Hazrat Itbaan bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Ham ne Nabi (ﷺ) ke saath namaz padhi jab aap ne salaam phera to ham ne bhi salaam pher diya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 838

 : Book 10, Hadith 231





Baab 154: Us Shakhs Ka Bayan Jo Namaz Ke Salam Ko Kaafi Samajhte Hue Imam Ko Salam Nahi Karta







Narrated Mahmud bin Ar-Rabi':

I remember Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) and also the mouthful of water which he took from a bucket in our house and ejected (on me). 


Hazrat Mahmood bin Rabeea (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ)

Mujhe Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ki aamad yaad hai aur mujhe hosh hai, jab Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne hamaare ghar mein dol se kulli karke mere mu’n par paani daala tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 839

 : Book 10, Hadith 232




Narrated Mahmud bin Ar-Rabi':

I heard from ltban bin Malik Al-Ansari, who was one from Bani Salim, saying, "I used to lead my tribe of Bani Salim in prayer. Once I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) and said to him, 'I have weak eye-sight and at times the rainwater flood intervenes between me and the mosque of my tribe and I wish that you would come to my house and pray at some place so that I could take that place as a place for praying (mosque). 
He said, "Allah willing, I shall do that." 
The next day Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) along with Abu Bakr, came to my house after the sun had risen high and he asked permission to enter. I gave him permission, but he didn't sit till he said to me, "Where do you want me to pray in your house?" 
I pointed to a place in the house where I wanted him to pray. So he stood up for the prayer and we aligned behind him. He completed the prayer with Taslim and we did the same simultaneously."


Ravi Hazrat Mahmood bin Rabeea (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine Hazrat Itbaan bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se suna jo Banu Salam qabile ke ek (1) fard the. Unho’n ne farmaya: Main apni qaum Banu Salam ko namaz padhata tha, ek (1) dafaa maine Nabi (ﷺ) ki khidmat mein haazir ho kar arz kiya ke maine Nabi (ﷺ) ki khidmat mein haazir ho kar arz kiya ke main apni binaai mein kamzori mehsoos karta hoo’n aur ye saelaabo’n ka paani mere aur meri qaum ki masjid ke darmiyan haael ho jaata hai. Lehaza meri khwahish hai ke aap mere ghar mein kisi jigah par namaz padhe’n taake main usey masjid banaao’n. Aap ne farmaya: Main in-sha-Allah aisa karoo’nga. Chunache ek (1) din dhoop chadhe Rasool Allah (ﷺ) Hazrat Abu Bakar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki ma-eeyat mein tashreef laae, aap ne andar aane ki ijaazat maangi to maine aapko ijaazat dedi. Aap ne baithne se pehle hi farmaya: “Tum ghar mein kis hisse mein mera namaz padhna pasand karte ho?” 
Unho’n ne ek muqaam ki taraf ishaara kiya, jaha’n wo apne liye namaz padhna pasand karte the. Uske baad Rasool Allah (ﷺ) khade ho gae aur ham logo’n ne bhi aapke peeche saff banaali. Uske baad aap ne salaam phera aur ham ne bhi aapke saath salaam pher diya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 840

 : Book 10, Hadith 233





Baab 155: Namaz Ke Baad Zikr Ka Bayan






Narrated Abu Ma'bad:

(the freed slave of Ibn 'Abbas) Ibn 'Abbas told me, "In the lifetime of the Prophet (ﷺ) it was the custom to celebrate Allah's praises aloud after the compulsory congregational prayers." 
Ibn Abbas further said, "When I heard the Dhikr, I would learn that the compulsory congregational prayer had ended."


Ravi Abu Ma'bad:

Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai ke farz namaz se faraaghat ke baad ba-awaaz-e-buland zikr karna Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke ahd-e-mubarak mein jaari tha. 
Nez Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) farmate hain ke mujhe to logo’n ka namaz se faraghat ka pataa us zikr ki awaaz sun kar chalta tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 841

 : Book 10, Hadith 234
 
: Also see Hadith No. 842
 




Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

I used to recognize the completion of the prayer of the Prophet (ﷺ) by hearing Takbir.


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Main Nabi (ﷺ) ki namaz ka tamaam hona Allahu Akbar ki awaaz se pehchaan leta tha. 

Ali bin Madeeni ne kaha: Ham se Sufyan ne bayan kiya, wo Amr se bayan karte hain, unho’n ne kaha ke Ibne Abbas ke ghulamo’n mein se sab se saccha Abu Ma’abad (معبد ) tha. (Jisne is hadees ko Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se bayan kiya hai) Ali bin Madeeni ne kaha ke uska naam Naafiz tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 842

 : Book 10, Hadith 235




Narrated Abu Huraira:

Some poor people came to the Prophet (ﷺ) and said, "The wealthy people will get higher grades and will have permanent enjoyment and they pray like us and fast as we do. They have more money by which they perform the Hajj, and 'Umra; fight and struggle in Allah's Cause and give in charity." 
The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Shall I not tell you a thing upon which if you acted you would catch up with those who have surpassed you? Nobody would overtake you and you would be better than the people amongst whom you live except those who would do the same. Say "Sub-han-al-lah", "Alhamdu-lillah" and "Allahu Akbar" thirty three times each after every (compulsory) prayer." We differed and some of us said that we should say, "Subhan-al-lah" thirty three times and "Alhamdu lillah" thirty three times and "Allahu Akbar" thirty four times. I went to the Prophet (ﷺ) who said, "Say, "Subhan-allah" and "Alhamdu lillah" and "Allahu Akbar" all together for thirty three times."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Kuch nadir log Nabi (ﷺ) ke paas aae aur kehne lagey ke maldaar log to badey-badey darajaat aur daaemi aesh* le gae, kyou’nke hamari tarah wo namaz padhte hain aur hamari tarah wo roze bhi rakhte hain. Lekin unke paas maal-o-daula tki farawaani hai. Jisse wo hajj, umrah, jihad, aur sadqa-o-khairaat bhi karte hain.
Us par Aap (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Kya main tumhe’n aisee baat na bataaou’n ke us par amal karke tum un logo’n tak pohonch jaaoge jo tumse sabqat le gae hain. Aur tumhare baad tumhe’n koi nahi paa sakega. Aur tum jin logo’n mein ho unse behtar ho jaaoge, siwaae us shakhs ke jo uske misl amal kare (wo tumhare baraabar ho sakega). Tum har namaz ke baad 33 baar “سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ” SubhanAllah, 33 baar “الْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ” Alhamdulillah, aur 33 baar “اللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ” Allahu Akbar padh liya karo”. Raawi kehta hai ke phir hamaara baahami ikhtelaaf ho gaya. Ham mein se baaz ne kaha ke ham 33 martaba SubhanAllah, 33 martaba Alhamdulillah aur 3 martaba Allahu Akbar padhe’nge. Chunache maine dobaara apne ustaaz se poocha to unho’n ne farmaya ke SubhanAllahi Walhamdulillahi Wallahu Akbar “سُبْحَانَ اللَّهِ، وَالْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ، وَاللَّهُ أَكْبَرُ” padha karo, hatta ke un mein se har ek (1) 33 martaba ho jaae.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 843

 : Book 10, Hadith 236
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
6329
 : *Hamesha ki zindagi, aaraam, hayaat, lazzat, aasoodgi 




Narrated Warrad:
 
(the clerk of Al-Mughira bin Shu'ba) Once Al-Mughira dictated to me in a letter addressed to Mu'awiya that the Prophet (ﷺ) used to say after every compulsory prayer, 

"La ilaha ilallah wahdahu la sharika lahu, lahul-mulku wa-lahul-hamdu, wahuwa ala kulli shai in qadir. Allahumma la mani 'a lima a'taita, wa la mu'tiya lima mana'ta, wa la yanfa'u dhal-jaddi minka-l-jadd. 
(None has the right to be worshipped but Allah and He has no partner in Lordship or in worship or in the Names and the Qualities, and for Him is the Kingdom and all the praises are for Him and He is omnipotent. O, Allah! Nobody can hold back what you give and nobody can give what You hold back. Strenuous (efforts by anyone for anything cannot benefit one against Your Will)." 
And Al-Hasan said, "Al-jadd' means prosperity."


Ravi Warrad:

Hazrat Mugheera bin Shu’ba (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se riwayat hai, unho’n ne Hazrat Ameer-e-Muawiya (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ko khat likha ke Nabi (ﷺ) har farz namaz ke baad padhte the:

لاَ إِلَهَ إِلاَّ اللَّهُ وَحْدَهُ لاَ شَرِيكَ لَهُ، لَهُ الْمُلْكُ، وَلَهُ الْحَمْدُ، وَهْوَ عَلَى كُلِّ شَىْءٍ قَدِيرٌ، اللَّهُمَّ لاَ مَانِعَ لِمَا أَعْطَيْتَ، وَلاَ مُعْطِيَ لِمَا مَنَعْتَ، وَلاَ يَنْفَعُ ذَا الْجَدِّ مِنْكَ الْجَدُّ

Allah ke siwa koi maabood-e-bar-haq nahi, wo ek (1) hai, uska koi shareek nahi. Uski baadshahat hai aur usi ke liye taareef hai aur wo har baat par qaadir hai. Aye Allah! Teri ataa ko koi rokne waala nahi aur teri roki hui cheez ko koi ataa karne waala nahi aur kis daulat-mand ko uski tawangari tere azaab se nahi bacha sakti.

Imam Shu’ba ne bhi Abdul Malik bin Umair se ye hadees bayan ki hai. Hasan Basri (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) bayan karte hain ke “جَدُّ” ke maane tawangari* aur be-niyazi ke hain. Nez, Imam Shu’ba ne Hakam ke waaste se bhi ye riwayat Warraad se bayan ki hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 844

 : Book 10, Hadith 237 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1477, 248, 5975, 6330, 6473, 6615, 7292
 : *Tawanaai, maaldaari, daulat-mandi, be-niyaazi 





Baab 156: Imam Ko Chaahiye Ke Wo Salam Pherne Ke Baad Logo’n Ki Taraf Mu’n Karke Baithe







Narrated Samura bin Jundab:
 
The Prophet (ﷺ) used to face us on completion of the prayer.


Ravi Hazrat Samra bin Jundub (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) jab namaz padh lete to apna roo-e-mubarak hamari taraf kar lete.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 845

 : Book 10, Hadith 238 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1143, 1386, 2085, 2891, 3236, 3354, 4674, 6096, 7047 




Narrated Zaid bin Khalid Al-Juhani:
 
The Prophet (ﷺ) led us in the Fajr prayer at Hudaibiya after a rainy night. On completion of the prayer, he faced the people and said, "Do you know what your Lord has said (revealed)?" 
The people replied, "Allah and His Apostle (ﷺ) know better." 
He said, "Allah has said, 'In this morning some of my slaves remained as true believers and some became non-believers; whoever said that the rain was due to the Blessings and the Mercy of Allah had belief in Me and he disbelieves in the stars, and whoever said that it rained because of a particular star had no belief in Me but believes in that star.' "



Ravi Hazrat Zaid bin Khalid Johani (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) ne muqam-e-hudaibiya par bearish ke baad jo raat aai, us mein hame’n namaz-e-fajr padhai. Faraaghat ke baad logo’n ki taraf mu’n karke farmaya: “Tum jaante ho ke tumhare parwardigaar ne kya farmaya hai?” 
Sahaaba ne arz kiya ke Allah aur uska Rasool hi ziyaada jaante hain. Aap ne farmaya: “(Allah Ta’ala ka irshad-e-giraami hai ke) Mere bando’n mein se kuch mere saath imaan laae aur kuch ne kufr ki rawish ikhteyar ki. Jisne kaha ke Allah ke fazal aur uski rahmat se ham par bearish hui to wo mera momin banda aur sitaare ka munkir hai aur jisne kaha ke ham par falaa’n sitaare ki wajah se bearish hui hai, wo mera munkir aur sitaare par imaan laane waala hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 846

 : Book 10, Hadith 239
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1038, 4147, 7503 




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

Once the Prophet (ﷺ) delayed the 'Isha' prayer until midnight and then came to us. Having prayed he faced us and said, "The people had prayed and slept but you were in the prayer as long as you were waiting for it."


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Malik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ek (1) dafa namaz ko aadhi raat tak muakh-khar (Alag, alaaheda, judaa) kar diya, phir hamaare paas namaz padhane ke liye aae. Jab namaz padh chuke to chehra-e-anwar se hamari taraf mutawajja ho kar farmaya: “Log to namaz padhkar so chuke hain, aur tum baraabar namaz mein rahe, kyou’nke tum namaz ka intezaar karte rahe”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 847

 : Book 10, Hadith 240



Baab 157: Salam Pherne Ke Baad Imam Ka Apni Jagah Par Thehre Rehna







Narrated Nafi:

Ibn Umar used to offer prayers (Nawafil) at the place where he had offered the compulsory prayer. Al-Qasim (bin Muhammad bin Abi Bakr) did the same. The narration coming from Abu Hurairah (from the Prophet (ﷺ)) forbidding the Imam from offering prayers (optional prayer) at the same place where he was offered the compulsory prayer is incorrect.


Ravi Hazrat Naafe:

Hazrat Abdullah bin Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) usi jagah par nafil waghaira padhte jaha’n pehle farz namaz adaa ki hoti. Hazrat Qasim (ibne Muhammad bin Abi Bakar Siddiq) ne bhi aise hi kiya tha. Albatta Hazrat Abu Huraira (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se marfoo-an bayan kiya jaata hai ke Imam usi jagah nafil namaz na padhe jaha’n usne farz namaz adaa ki thi. Lekin ye hadees saheeh nahi.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 848

 : Book 10, Hadith 241



Narrated Um Salama:

"The Prophet (ﷺ) after finishing the prayer with Taslim used to stay at his place for a while." 
Ibn Shihab said, "I think (and Allah knows better), that he used to wait for the departure of the women who had prayed." 


Ravi Hazrat Umme Salama (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):
 
Nabi (ﷺ) jab salaam pherte to kuch der apni jagah par baithe rehte. 
Ibne Shihab kehte hain ke hamaare khayaal ke mutaaibq Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ye is liye karte the, taake aurte’n (mardo’n se) pehle chali jaae’n. والله أعلم



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 849

 : Book 10, Hadith 242




Narrated Um Salama:

Ibn Shihab wrote that he had heard it from Hind bint Al-Harith Al-Firasiya from Um Salama, the wife of the Prophet (ﷺ) (Hind was from the companions of Um Salama) who said, "When the Prophet (ﷺ) finished the prayer with Taslim, the women would depart and enter their houses before Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) departed."



Hazrat Umme Salama (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا)
 
Nabi (ﷺ) ki zauja-e-mohtarma Hazrat Umme Salama (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) se riwayat hai, unho’n ne farmaya: Rasool Allah (ﷺ) salaam pherte to aurte’n waapas ho kar apne gharo’n mein ho jaati thee’n, qabl-azee’n (Isse pehle) ke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) apni jagah se uthe’n.

Ibne Wahb ne Yunus a’an Ibne Shihab ki sanad se bayan kiya to hind furasiya (هِنْدُ الْفِرَاسِيَّةُ‏) kaha. Aur Usman bin Umar ne Yunus a’an Az-Zohri bayan kiya to hind qurashiya (هِنْدُ الْقُرَشِيَّةُ‏) kaha. Zubaidi ne Zohri se riwayat karte hue Hind bint Haaris qurashiya kaha aur (ye bhi kaha ke) wo Banu Zohra ke haleef Ma’abad bin Miqdaad ki biwi thi, aur Nabi (ﷺ) ki azwaaj-e-mutahharaat ke yahaa’n uska aana jaana bhi tha. Aur Shuaib ne Imam Zohri se bayan kiya to hind qurashiya kaha, jabke Ibne Ateeq ne Zohri se bayan karte hue hind farasiya kaha. Lais ne kaha ke Yahya bin Saeed ne mujhe Imam Zohri se hadees bayan karte hue kaha ke quraish ki ek khatoon ne Nabi (ﷺ) se hadees bayan ki hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 850 

 : Book 10, Hadith 243





Baab 158: Agar Imam Ko Namaz Ke Baad Kisi Kaam Ka Khayaal Aae To Wo Theherne Ke Bajaae Logo’n Ki Gardane’n Phalaangta Hua Chala Jaae








Narrated 'Uqba:
 
I offered the 'Asr prayer behind the Prophet (ﷺ) at Medina. When he had finished the prayer with Taslim, he got up hurriedly and went out by crossing the rows of the people to one of the dwellings of his wives. The people got scared at his speed. The Prophet (ﷺ) came back and found the people surprised at his haste and said to them, "I remembered a piece of gold Lying in my house and I did not like it to divert my attention from Allah's worship, so I have ordered it to be distributed (in charity)."


Ravi Hazrat Uqba bin Haaris (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine ek (1) dafa namaz-e-asr Nabi (ﷺ) ke peeche madina munawwara mein adaa ki. Jab aap ne salaam phera to jaldi se khade ho gae aur logo’n ki gardane’n phalaangte hue apni biwiyo’n ke kisi hujre ki taraf tashreef le gae. Log aap ki is sur-at* se ghabra gae. Bahar-haal aap unke paas wapas tashreef laae to dekha ke wo aap ki ujlat ki wajah se taajjub mein hain. Aap ne farmaya: “Mujhe sone ka ek (1) tukda jo hamaare paas tha yaad aagaya, maine is baat ko naa-pasand kiya ke mabaada (Khuda na kare) mujhe wo Allah ki yaad se rok de. Lehaza maine usey taqseem karne ka hukum de diya”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 851

 : Book 10, Hadith 244
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1221, 143, 6275
 : *Jaldi, tezi, phurti, tez-raftaari 





Baab 159: Namaz Se Faraaghat Ke Baad Daae’n Ya Baae’n Jaanib Se Phirne Yaa Lautne Ka Bayan







Hazrat Anas bin Malik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) namaz se faraaghat ke baad daae’n aur baae’n jaanib se phirte the, aur jo shakhs daanista* taur par daae’n jaanib phirne ko laazim qaraar deta, us par aeb lagaate the.

*Jaan-boojh kar, qasdan




Narrated 'Abdullah:

You should not give away a part of your prayer to Satan by thinking that it is necessary to depart (after finishing the prayer) from one's right side only; I have seen the Prophet (ﷺ) often leave from the left side.


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Masood (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Tum mein se koi shakhs apni namaz mein shaitan ka hissa na banaae, wo is tarah ke namaz ke baad daae’n jaanib se phirne ko zaroori khayaal kare. Yaqeenan maine Nabi (ﷺ) ko aksar apni baaee’n jaanib se bhi phirte dekha hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 852

 : Book 10, Hadith 245





Baab 160: Un Riwayaat Ka Bayan Jo Kacche Lehsan, Pyaaz, Aur Gandane* Ke Mutaalliq Waarid Hain







Nabi (ﷺ) ka farmaan hai: “Jis ne bhook yaa uske alaawa kisi aur wajah se lehsan yaa pyaaz istemaal kiya, wo hamari masjid ke qareeb na aae”.

*Ise english mein Leek aur urdu mein Kurraas kehte hain, ye ek qism ka saagh hai jiske khaane se mu’n mein ek bad-boo rehti hai.




Narrated Ibn 'Umar:

During the holy battle of Khaibar, the Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Whoever ate from this plant (i.e. garlic) should not enter our mosque."


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne ghazwa-e-khybar ke mauqa par farmaya tha: “Jo shakhs is paode yaane lehsan ko khaae, usey hamari masjid mein hargiz nahi aana chaahiye”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 853

 : Book 10, Hadith 246 
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
4215, 4217, 4217, 5521, 5522 




Narrated 'Ata':

I heard Jabir bin 'Abdullah saying, "The Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Whoever eats (from) this plant (he meant garlic) should keep away from our mosque." 
I said, "What does he mean by that?" 
He replied, "I think he means only raw garlic."


Ravi Ata':

Hazrat Jaabir bin Abdullah (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne kaha ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jo shakhs is paode, yaane lehsan se kuch khaae, wo hamari masjid mein hamaare paas na aae”. 
Raawi kehta hai, maine kaha ke isse kya muraad hai? 
Farmaya: Main to yehi samajhta hoo’n ke kaccha lehsan muraad hai. Aur Makhlad bin Yazid ne Ibne Juraij se bayan kiya ke isse uski boo muraad hai.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 854

 : Book 10, Hadith 247




Narrated Jabir bin 'Abdullah:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Whoever eats garlic or onion should keep away from our mosque or should remain in his house." (Jabir bin 'Abdullah, in another narration, said, "Once a big pot containing cooked vegetables was brought. On finding unpleasant smell coming from it, the Prophet (ﷺ) asked, 'What is in it?' 
He was told all the names of the vegetables that were in it. The Prophet (ﷺ) ordered that it should be brought near to some of his companions who were with him. When the Prophet (ﷺ) saw it he disliked to eat it and said, 'Eat. (I don't eat) for I converse with those whom you don't converse with (i.e. the angels)."


Ravi Hazrat Jaabir bin Abdullah (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jo shakhs lehsan ya pyaaz khaae, wo ham se alaaheda rahe. Ya farmaya ke hamari masjid se alag-thalag rahe. Ya (farmaya ke) Usey chaahiye ke apne ghar mein baitha rahe”. Ek (1) martaba Nabi (ﷺ) ke paas handiya laai gai, jis mein sabz tarkariya’n thee’n. Aap ne us mein kuch naa-gawaar boo paai, to dariyaaft farmaya ke: “Is mein kya hai?” Chunache aapko un tarkariyo’n ke mutaalliq bataya gaya to aap ne farmaya: “Isey mere kisi saathi ke qareeb kar do”. Jab aap ne dekha ke wo bhi usey naa-pasand karta hai to aap ne farmaya: “Tum khaao, kyou’nke main to us zaat se munajaat karta hoo’n, jisse tum nahi karte ho”.

Ahmad bin Saaleh ne Ibne Wahb se you’n naqal kiya hai ke aap ke saamne badrin, yaane tabaaq laaya gaya, jis mein tarkariyaa’n thee’n. Lais aur Abu Safwaan ne apne Shaikh Yunus se handiya ka qissa bayan nahi kiya, is liye Imam Bukhari (رَحِمَهُ ٱللَّٰهُ) kehte hain ke mujhe maaloom nahi ke mazkoora alfaaz Zohri ka kalam hai yaa hadees ka hissa hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 855

 : Book 10, Hadith 248


Narrated 'Abdul 'Aziz:

A man asked Anas, "What did you hear from the Prophet (ﷺ) about garlic?" 
He said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'Whoever has eaten this plant should neither come near us nor pray with us."


Ravi 'Abdul 'Aziz:

Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) se kisi aadmi ne sawal kiya ke aap ne Nabi (ﷺ) se is lehsan ke mutaalliq kya suna hai? 
Unho’n ne kaha ke Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jo shakhs is paode se kuch khaae, wo na to hamaare paas aae aur na hamaare saath namaz hi padhe”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 856

 : Book 10, Hadith 249
 
: Also see Hadith No. 4541 





Baab 161: Kamsin Baccho’n Ka Wuzoo Karna, ...






Baab 161: Kamsin Baccho’n Ka Wuzoo Karna, Nez Un Par Ghusl Aur Wuzoo Kab Waajib Hota Hai? Iske Alaawa Unki Jamaat, Eidain, Janaaez Mein Shumooliyat Aur Unki Saff-bandi Kis Tarah Ho?



Narrated Sulaiman Ash-Shaibam:

I heard Ash-Sha'bi saying, "A person who was accompanying the Prophet (ﷺ) passed by a grave that was separated from the other graves told me that the Prophet (ﷺ) once led the people in the (funeral) prayer and the people had aligned behind him. 
I said, "O Aba 'Amr! Who told you about it?" 
He said, "Ibn Abbas."


Ravi Sulaiman Ash-Shaibam:

Hazrat Shu’ba se riwayat hai, unho’n ne kaha ke mujhe us shakhs ne khabar di jo Nabi (ﷺ) ki Ma’iyyat* (مَعِیَّت ) mein ek aisee qabar se guzre jo doosri qabro’n se alag thalag thi. Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne unki imaamat karaai aur unho’n ne saff bandi ki.
Raawi kehta hai ke maine Abu Amr se sawaal kiya ke tujhe kisne bayan kiya tha?
Unho’n ne jawab diya: Mujhe Hazrat Abdullah bin Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne khabar di thi.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 857

 : Book 10, Hadith 250
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
1247, 1319, 1321, 1322, 1326, 1336, 1340
 : *Kisi ki maujoodgi mein, hamraahi mein, saath-saath 




Narrated Abu Said Al-Khudri:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "Ghusl (taking a bath) on Friday is compulsory for every Muslim reaching the age of puberty."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Saeed Khudri (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Juma ke din ghusl karna har baaligh ke liye zaroori hai”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 858

 : Book 10, Hadith 251
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
879, 880, 895, 2665
 




Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

One night I slept at the house of my aunt Maimuna and the Prophet (ﷺ) slept (too). He got up (for prayer) in the last hours of the night and performed a light ablution from a hanging leather skin.
('Amr, the sub-narrator described that the ablution was very light). Then he stood up for prayer and I got up too and performed the ablution in the same way and joined him on his left side. He pulled me to the right and prayed as much as Allah will. Then he lay down and slept and I heard his breath sounds till the Mu'adh-dhin came to him to inform him about the (Fajr) prayer. He left with him for the prayer and prayed without repeating the ablution. 
(Sufyan the sub-narrator said: We said to 'Amr, "Some people say, 'The eyes of the Prophet (ﷺ) sleep but his heart never sleeps.' " 
'Amr said, "'Ubai bin 'Umar said, 'The dreams of the Prophet (ﷺ)s are Divine Inspirations. Then he recited, '(O my son), I have seen in a dream that I was slaughtering you (offering you in sacrifice).") (Quran 37.102)


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Maine ek raat apni khala Hazrat Maimoona (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ke paas guzari. Nabi (ﷺ) ne bhi unke yahaa’n qiyam farmaya. Jab raat ka kuch hissa guzar gaya to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) uth khade hue, ek (1) latke hue purine mashkeeze se halka sa wazoo kiya… Raawi-e-hadees Hazrat Amr usey bohot halka aur khafeef sa bayan karte the… phir aap khade ho kar namaz padhne lagey. Us dauran mein main bhi utha aur aapke wazoo jaisa wazoo kiya, phir aakar aap ki baaee’n jaanib khada ho gaya. Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne mujhe apne peeche se pher kar apni daaee’n jaanib khada kar liya, phir jis qadar Allah ko manzoor tha, aap ne namaz padhi. Uske baad aap lait gae aur neend mein kharaate bharne lagey. Itne mein moazzin aaya aur usne aap ko namaz ki ittela di, to aap (ﷺ) uske hamraah namaz ke liye khade hue, aap ne namaz padhi aur wazoo nahi kiya. Ham ne Hazrat Amr se kaha ke hamari shuneed* ke mutaaibq Nabi (ﷺ) ki aankh soti thi, lekin dil bedaar rehta tha. Amr ne kaha: Maine (apne shaikh) Obaid bin Omair se suna, wo farmate the ke hazraat-e-ambiya (عَلَيْهِ ٱلسَّلَامُ) ke khwaab wahee hote hain, phir unho’n ne bataur-e-taaeed** ye aayat tilaawat farmaai:

‏إِنِّي أَرَى فِي الْمَنَامِ أَنِّي أَذْبَحُكَ‏

(Bete!) Main Khwaab Mein Tujhe Zibah Kar Raha Hoo’n. [Surah as Saaffaat: 102]



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 859

 : Book 10, Hadith 252
 
*Sunaai, sunwaai, suna hua
 : ** Madad, taqwiyat, himaayat




Narrated Anas bin Malik:

My grandmother Mulaika invited Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) for a meal which she had prepared specially for him. He ate some of it and said, "Get up. I shall lead you in the prayer." I brought a mat that had become black owing to excessive use and I sprinkled water on it. Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) stood on it and prayed two Rakat, and the orphan was with me (in the first row), and the old lady stood behind us.


Ravi Hazrat Anas bin Maalik (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Meri dadi Hazrat Malaekah (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne ek (1) dafa Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ko khane ke liye bulaya, jo unho’n ne aapke liye taiyyaar kiya tha. Jab aap khane se faarigh ho gae to farmaya: “Utho, main tumhe’n namaz padhau’n”. Chunache main ek (1) chataai lete ke liye utha jo der tak pade rehne ki wajah se siyaah ho chuki thi. Maine uspar paani chidka to Rasool Allah (ﷺ) us par namaz ke liye khade hue. Yateem baccha mere saath aur budhiya hamaare peeche thi, aap ne hame’n do (2) rakate’n padhaee’n.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 860

 : Book 10, Hadith 253




Narrated Ibn 'Abbas:

Once I came riding a she-ass and I, then, had just attained the age of puberty. Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) was leading the people in prayer at Mina facing no wall. I passed in front of the row and let loose the she-ass for grazing and joined the row and no one objected to my deed.


Ravi Hazrat Abdullah bin Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Main gadhi par sawaar ho kar aaya, jabke main us waqt qareeb-ul-buloogh* tha aur Rasool Allah (ﷺ) Mina mein deewaar ke alaawa (kisi cheez ki taraf mu’n karke) logo’n ko namaz padha rahe the. Main saff ke ek (1) hisse se guzar kar khud saff mein shamil ho gaya aur gadhi ko charne ke liye chodh diya. Is saari kaarwaai ke mutaalliq mujh par kisi ne koi eteraaz nahi kiya.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 861

 : Book 10, Hadith 254
 
*Baaligh hone ke qareeb, baaligh hone waala




Narrated 'Aisha:

Once Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) delayed the 'Isha' prayer till 'Umar informed him that the women and children had slept. Then Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) came out and said: "None from amongst the dwellers of earth have prayed this prayer except you." In those days none but the people of Medina prayed.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne ek (1) raat namaz-e-isha mein der kardi, yahaa’n tak Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne aap ko ba-awaaz-e-buland kaha: Aurte’n aur bacche so gae hain. (Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) farmati hain ke) phir Rasool Allah (ﷺ) bahar tashreef laae aur farmaya: “Roo-e-zameen par tumhare alaawa aur koi shakhs aisa nahi hai jo is waqt namaz padh raha ho”. Un dino’n ahle madina ke laawa aur koi ye namaz nahi padhta tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 862

 : Book 10, Hadith 255



Narrated 'Abdur Rahman bin 'Abbas:

A person asked Ibn Abbas, "Have you ever presented yourself at the ('Id) prayer with Allah's Apostle (ﷺ)?"
He replied, "Yes." And had it not been for my kinship (position) with the Prophet (ﷺ) it would not have been possible for me to do so (for he was too young). The Prophet (ﷺ) went to the mark near the house of Kathir bin As-Salt and delivered a sermon. He then went towards the women. He advised and reminded them and asked them to give alms. So the woman would bring her hand near her neck and take off her necklace and put it in her garment of Bilal. Then the Prophet (ﷺ) and Bilal came to the house."


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Abbas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):
 
Kisi aadmi ne dariyaaft kiya: Aaya Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke hamraah aap ko kabhi baahar haazir hone ka ittefaaq hua hai? 
Unho’n ne farmaya: Haa’n, aur agar mera martaba aur muqam Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke yahaa’n itna na hota to main chote hone ki wajah se aapke saath haazir nahi ho sakta tha. Aap pehle us nishaan ke paas aae jo Kaseer bin Salat ke makan ke qareeb hai, waha’n aap ne khutba diya, phir aurto’n ke paas tashreef laae, unhe’n wa’az-o-naseehat ki, aur sadqa-o-khairat karne ka hukum diya. Chunache koi aurat (apni baali, koi anghoti aur koi) apne zewar ki taraf haath badha kar usey utaar kar Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ki chadar mein daalne lagi. Uske baad aap Hazrat Bilal (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ke hamraah apne ghar laut aae.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 863

 : Book 10, Hadith 256





Baab 162: Raat Aur Andhere Mein Masturaat Ka Masjido’n Ki Taraf Jaana







Narrated 'Aisha:

Once Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) delayed the 'Isha' prayer till 'Umar informed him that the women and children had slept. The Prophet (ﷺ) came out and said, "None except you from amongst the dwellers of the earth is waiting for this prayer." In those days, there was no prayer except in Medina and they used to pray the 'Isha' prayer between the disappearance of the twilight and the first third of the night.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Ek (1) martaba Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne namaz-e-isha mein takheer kardi, yahaa’n tak ke Hazrat Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ) ne ba-awaaz-e-buland aapko pukaara ke aurte’n aur bacche so gae hain. Uske baad Nabi (ﷺ) baahar tashreef laae aur farmaya: “Ahle zameen mein se tumhare alaawa koi bhi is namaz ka muntazir nahi hai”. Un dino’n madina ke alaawa kahee’n namaz nahi padhi jaati thi. Aur log surkhi ghayab hone ke baad raat ki pehli tihaai tak isha ki namaz padh lete the.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 864

 : Book 10, Hadith 257




Narrated Ibn 'Umar:

The Prophet (ﷺ) said, "If your women ask permission to go to the mosque at night, allow them."


Ravi Hazrat Ibne Umar (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Agar raat ke waqt tumhari aurte’n masjid mein jaane ki ijaazat maange’n to unhe’n ijaazat dedo”.

Iske mataaba-at Shu’ba ne ki hai, wo Amash se bayan karte hain, unho’n ne mujahid se riwayat kiya hai, wo Ibne Umar se wo Nabi (ﷺ) se bayan karte hain.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 865

 : Book 10, Hadith 258
 
: Also see Hadith No. 
873, 899, 900, 5238 



Baab 163: Logo’n Ka Namaz Ke Baad Imam Ke Uthne Ka Intezar Karna







Narrate Um Salama:

(the wife of the Prophet (ﷺ)) In the lifetime of Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) the women used to get up when they finished their compulsory prayers with Taslim. The Prophet (ﷺ) and the men would stay on at their places as long as Allah will. When the Prophet (ﷺ) got up, the men would then get up.


Ravi Hazrat Umme Salama (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ke ahad-e-mubarak mein khawateen farz namaz se salaam pherne ke fauran baad uth jaati thee’n, jabke Rasool Allah (ﷺ) aur mard hazraat jis qadar Allah ko manzoor hota, namaz ke baad apni jagah par baithe rehte. Phir jab Rasool Allah (ﷺ) uthte to doosre mard bhi khade ho jaate.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 866

 : Book 10, Hadith 259




Narrated 'Aisha:

When Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) finished the Fajr prayer, the women would leave covered in their sheets and were not recognized owing to the darkness.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) jab namaz-e-subah se farigh hote to aurte’n apni chadaro’n mein lipti hui waapas hoti thee’n, aur andhere ki wajah se unhe’n pehchaana nahi jaata tha.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 867

 : Book 10, Hadith 260




Narrated 'Abdullah bin Abi Qatada Al-Ansari:

My father said, "Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) said, "Whenever I stand for prayer, I want to prolong it but on hearing the cries of a child, I would shorten it as I dislike to put its mother in trouble."


Ravi Hazrat Abu Qatada (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab main namaz ke liye khada hota hoo’n to chahta hoo’n ke namaz ko lamba karoo’n, phir kisi bacche ke rone ki wajah se usey mukhtasar kar deta hoo’n. Mabaada* uski maa’n ko mashaqqat mein mubtalaa kar du’n”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 868

 : Book 10, Hadith 261
 
*Khuda na kare, khuda-na-khwaasta, aisa na ho ke




Narrated 'Aisha:

Had Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) known what the women were doing, he would have forbidden them from going to the mosque as the women of Bani Israel had been forbidden.
Yahya bin Said (a sub-narrator) asked 'Amra (another sub-narrator), "Were the women of Bani Israel forbidden?"
She replied "Yes."


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Agar Nabi (ﷺ) ko in haalaat ka ilm hota jo aurto’n ne aaj paida kar liye hain to yaqeenan unhe’n masjid mein jaane se manaa kar dete. Jaisa ke Bani Israel ki aurto’n ko rok diya gaya tha. (Yahya bin Saeed kehte hain ke) Maine Hazrat Amrah se dariyaaft kiya: Waaqai Bani Israel ki aurto’n ko rok diya gaya tha? 
Unho’n ne jawab diya: Haa’n.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 869

 : Book 10, Hadith 262





Baab 164: Aurto’n Ka Mardo’n Ke Peeche Namaz Padhna






Narrated Um Salama:

Whenever Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) completed the prayer with Taslim, the women used to get up immediately and Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) would remain at his place for someone before getting up.
(The sub-narrator (Az-Zuhri) said, "We think, and Allah knows better, that he did so so that the women might leave before men could get in touch with them)."


Ravi Hazrat Umme Salama (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):
 
Rasool Allah (ﷺ) jab salaam pherte to khwateen aapke salaam pherte hi jaane ke liye uth-khadi hotee’n. Jabke Aap (ﷺ) khade hone se qabl thodi der apni jagah thehre rehte. Imam Zohri kehte hain ke hamaare khayaal ke mutaaibq aap is liye aisa karte, taake aurte’n mardo’n se pehle-pehle rawaana ho jaae’n. والله أعلم



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 870

 : Book 10, Hadith 263




Narrated Anas:

The Prophet (ﷺ) prayed in the house of Um Sulaim; and I, along with an orphan stood behind him while Um Sulaim (stood) behind us.


Ravi Hazrat Anas (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهُ):

Nabi (ﷺ) ne ek (1) din Umme Sulaim (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ke ghar mein namaz padhi to main aur ek (1) lakda yateem aapke peeche khade hue, jabke Umme Sulaim (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا) ne hamaare peeche saff-bandi ki.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 871

 : Book 10, Hadith 264




Baab 165: Subah Ki Namaz Ke Waqt Aurto’n Ke Jaldi Waapas Jaane Aur Masjid Mein Kam Theherne Ka Hukum







Narrated 'Aisha:

Allah's Apostle (ﷺ) used to offer the Fajr prayer when it was still dark and the believing women used to return (after finishing their prayer) and nobody could recognize them owing to darkness, or they could not recognize one another.


Ravi Hazrat Ayesha (رَضِيَ ٱللَّٰهُ عَنْهَا):

Rasool Allah (ﷺ) subah ki namaz mu’n andhere padhte the, chunache momino’n ki aurte’n jab namaz padhkar waapas jaatee’n to andhere ki wajah se pehchaani nahi jaati thee’n, yaa wo khud ek doosre ko nahi pehchaan sakti thee’n.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 872

 : Book 10, Hadith 265




Baab 166: Aurat Ka Masjid Mein Jaane Ke Liye Apne Shauhar Se Ijaazat Lena







Narrated Salim bin 'Abdullah:

My father said, "The Prophet (ﷺ) said, 'If the wife of any one of you asks permission (to go to the mosque) do not forbid her."


Ravi Salim bin 'Abdullah:

Nabi (ﷺ) ne farmaya: “Jab tum mein se kisi ki aurat (masjid jaane ke liye) ijaazat maange to wo usey manaa na kare”.



Reference : Sahih al-Bukhari 873

 : Book 10, Hadith 266





PREVIOUS <<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<<>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>>NEXT